Type = 11 iDate=23/12/80 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST WORD LIST   Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 DECEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE II C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual (Cancels BTB 1 Dec 74 VI CLEARING LIST WORDS IN SCIENTOLOGY -- EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST -- STUDY CORR. LIST 5 which did not give the references to be high crimed before clearing words on a pc and did not give the type of word clearing to be used.) EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST WORD LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCO B 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 53R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCO B 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCO B 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCO B 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 23 December 1980 Issue I EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST. These words should be cleared on the pc before the EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST is actually assessed per HCOB 9 Aug 78 Issue II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM THE EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST A, action, afraid, after, alcohol, an, and, another, ARC Break, are, area, as, attention, attest, auditing. Back-up, bad, be, been, blown, bogged, bonuses, by. Case, causing, collected, comm, communicating, completing, complied, compromised, condition, conflict, confused, connected, constantly, cope, couldn't, counter-intention, course, courses, cramming, cycle. Dare, data, debug, debugs, decided, Dianetics, didn't, difficulty, disagreements, disasters, disinterested, do, doesn't, doing, don't, drugs, duress. HCOB 23.12.80 II - 2 - Earlier, eating, else, enough, environment, ethics, evaluation, exec, executive, expecting. Failed, failures, false, false reported, falsified, favors, felt, fixed, followed, for, from. Gave, get, getting, give, given, got, granting. Had, handle, handling, has, hat, have, having, help, here, hit, hostile. Ill, in, in your road, inactive, inadequate, incomplete, invalidation, is, it. Know. Lazy, leave, like, lines, losses. Make, many, medicine, missed, missing, misunderstood, mis-use, moonlighting. Neglecting, news, no, not, nothing. Of, off, on, opinions, or, orders, other, out, out ethics, out exchange, out Int, out 2D, overloaded, overts, overwhelmed, own. Paid, personnel, Phase I-ing, physically, policy, post, practice, pretending, problem, problems, protecting, PTS, public, purpose. Q&A. Really, reality, receiving, refer, removed, restim, rushed. Say, Scientology, seeking, seldom, senior, should, similar, sleep, solutions, solve, some, someone, something, somewhere, sort, special, staff, staff member, staff members, stat, status, stops, student, study, subject. Taken, tech, than, the, there, things, 3rd partying, through, time, to, told, too, training, trouble, trying, 2D. Undermanned, unhatted, unjustly, unusual, upset, use, using. Was, were, weren't, what, why, with, withhold, withholding, W/Hs, won't, words, work, worse, wrong. You, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:SK:nc Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=23/12/80 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST   Remimeo Auditors C/Ses Execs Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 DECEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE I Auditors C/Ses Execs Tech/Qual (Cancels BTB 27 March 72RA Issue V EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST Study Corr List 5A as it contained Debug-type actions on a case-handling list.) EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST The Executive Correction List is designed to handle charge in the area of being an Exec or difficulties as an Exec. It could also be used to help a failed Exec clean up his charge. It does not replace the Debug Tech Checklist in HCO PL 23 Aug 79 II and is not to be confused with it. The Debug Tech Checklist addresses a lack of products while this list is a case-handling list. The list can be assessed Method 3 or Method 5. A second bracket in the handling shows the further actions to be done after the list has been F/Ned on all reading items. This correction list can be followed up by other auditing/ debug actions as adjudicated by the C/S to fully handle areas an Exec is having difficulty with as disclosed by the assessment of this list. PC'S NAME: __________________________________ DATE: __________________________ AUDITOR: ____________________________________ 1. OUT INT? _______ (Check to make sure the read on Int is valid i.e. not a protest or false read. If it is a valid read, end off for C/S instructions.) 2. GIVEN A WRONG WHY? _______ (L4BRA and handle.) 3. GIVEN A WRONG WHY FOR EXEC FAILURES? _______ (L4BRA and handle.) 4. CRAMMING GAVE A WRONG WHY? _______ (L4BRA and handle.) 5. WRONG ETHICS CONDITION? _______ (L4BRA and handle.) 6. TOLD YOU WERE PTS AND YOU WEREN'T? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N. L4BRA if any trouble.) 7. AS AN EXEC DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK? _______ (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.) 8. UPSET WITH A STAFF MEMBER? _______ ANOTHER EXEC? _______ SENIOR EXEC? _______ (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.) 9. AS AN EXEC DO YOU HAVE A PROBLEM? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) HCOB 23.12.80 I - 2 - 10. PROBLEMS WITH OTHER STAFF MEMBERS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 11. AS AN EXEC HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED? _______ (Pull it, 2wc E/S to F/N.) 12. W/Hs FROM STAFF? _______ (Pull them, 2wc E/S to F/N.) 13. OVERTS ON STAFF? _______ (Pull them, 2wc E/S to F/N.) 14. OVERTS ON YOUR POST? _______ (Pull them, 2wc E/S to F/N.) 15. COUNTER-INTENTION? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 16. SOME SORT OF OUT ETHICS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 17. OUT EXCHANGE? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Exchange by Dynamics per HCO PL 4 April 72 ETHICS.) 18. LAZY? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Exec Confessional.) 19. INACTIVE? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Exec Confessional.) 20. OUT 2D? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 21. OUT 2D WITH PUBLIC? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 22. DO YOU HAVE OPINIONS YOU DON'T DARE SAY? _______ (Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.) 23. DOING OTHER THINGS ON POST TIME? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 24. FALSE REPORTED? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 25. FALSIFIED A STAT? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 26. COLLECTED FALSE BONUSES? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 27. COULDN'T GET PAID? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 28. GRANTING SPECIAL FAVORS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 29. RECEIVING SPECIAL FAVORS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 30. MOONLIGHTING? _______ (2wc to F/N.) (C/S to program for further handling as needed.) 31. PTS TO SOMEONE IN THE ENVIRONMENT? _______ (2wc to F/N.) (C/S to program for further handling as needed.) HCOB 23.12.80 I - 3 - 32. ARE YOU CONNECTED TO SOMEONE HOSTILE TO DIANETICS OR SCIENTOLOGY? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (PTS Interview.) 33. PTS STAFF MEMBERS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 34. DON'T KNOW WHAT TO DO? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 35. LOSSES AS AN EXEC? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (L1C.) 36. COULDN'T HELP? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (3 Way Help/2 Way Failed Help.) 37. AN EARLIER TIME YOU FAILED TO HELP? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (3 Way Help/2 Way Failed Help.) 38. COULDN'T SOLVE IT? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 39. SELDOM REFER TO POLICY? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 40. UNHATTED? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 41. DON'T HAVE A HAT? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 42. DON'T STUDY? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 43. TROUBLE WITH STUDY? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 44. FAILED AS A STUDENT? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 45. BLOWN STUDY? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 46. OFF COURSE TO HANDLE POST? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 47. WAS YOUR TRAINING INADEQUATE? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 48. RUSHED THROUGH COURSES? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 49. INCOMPLETE COURSES? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 50. FALSE ATTEST? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) (Student Rehab List.) 51. MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS IN DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY? _______ (Find and clear them, each to F/N. WCCL if necessary.) (Method One Word Clearing.) 52. AN EARLIER SIMILAR SUBJECT WAS MISUNDERSTOOD? _______ (2wc -- find what word(s) in the subject was Mis-U and clear it up. Clear each word to F/N. WCCL if necessary.) (Method One Word Clearing.) HCOB 23.12.80 I - 4 - 53. SEEKING STATUS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 54. ARE YOU PRETENDING? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 55. YOU HAD DISAGREEMENTS? _______ (Find out what, find the Mis-U words and clear to F/N.) (Disagreements handling per HCOB 19 Jan 66 DANGER CONDITIONS -- TECHNICAL DATA FOR REVIEW AUDITORS.) 56. EARLIER PRACTICE IN YOUR ROAD? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for GF 40X Handling.) 57. MISSING DATA? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 58. WITHHOLDING DATA? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Vital Info RD.) 59. HERE FOR ANOTHER PURPOSE? _______ (Pull it, 2wc E/S to F/N. Note for further handling.) 60. EVALUATION? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 61. INVALIDATION? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 62. DISINTERESTED? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle any out ruds.) 63. HAVE YOU COMPROMISED YOUR OWN REALITY? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 64. COULDN'T GET YOUR ORDERS COMPLIED WITH? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Admin TRs.) 65. TROUBLE HANDLING PERSONNEL? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Program to include Fear of People R/D, if exec is not Clear or OT, and Professional TRs Course and Admin TRs.) 66. TROUBLE GETTING POLICY FOLLOWED? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 67. NEGLECTING A BOGGED AREA? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, watch for any out rud and handle.) 68. TROUBLE COMMUNICATING? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Program to include Exp Grade 0, Professional TRs Course and Admin TRs.) 69. 2D TROUBLES CAUSING CONFLICT ON POST? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 70. DIFFICULTY COMPLETING A CYCLE OF ACTION? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 71. AFRAID TO GIVE ORDERS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Program to include Fear of People RD, if exec is not Clear or OT, and Professional TRs Course and Admin TRs.) HCOB 23.12.80 I - 5 - 72. OUT OF COMM? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, watch for any out rud and handle.) (Program to include Exp Grade 0 and Professional TRs Course.) 73. IS YOUR AREA UNDERMANNED? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 74. ARE YOU CONSTANTLY HIT BY BAD NEWS AND DISASTERS ON YOUR LINES? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Any PTS handling needed.) 75. CONSTANTLY HAVING TO COPE? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 76. CONSTANTLY PHASE I-ing YOUR AREA? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 77. OVERLOADED ON POST? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 78. CONFUSED BY TOO MANY THINGS TO DO? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 79. OVERWHELMED ON POST? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 80. NO BACK-UP? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 81. WAS THERE A FAILED PURPOSE? _______ (Indicate it, 2wc E/S to F/N.) 82. NO HELP FROM YOUR SENIOR? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 83. Q AND A? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Anti-Q and A Drill.) 84. AFRAID TO USE ETHICS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Program to include Fear of People RD, if exec is not Clear or OT, and Professional TRs Course.) 85. ARE YOU AFRAID OF THE PUBLIC? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Program to include Fear of People RD, if exec is not Clear or OT, and Professional TRs Course.) 86. MIS-USE OF ETHICS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, watch for any out rud and handle.) 87. ARE YOU PROTECTING YOUR STATUS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 88. USING DURESS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Exec Confessional.) 89. DOING SOMETHING OTHER THAN YOUR HAT? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, watch for any out rud and handle.) 90. AS AN EXECUTIVE, HAVE YOU DECIDED YOU WON'T MAKE IT? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 91. WERE YOU TAKEN OFF POST UNJUSTLY? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) HCOB 23.12.80 I - 6 - 92. ARE YOU NOT REALLY ON POST? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 93. ARE YOU TRYING TO LEAVE POST? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Exec Confessional.) 94. ARE YOU EXPECTING TO BE REMOVED FROM POST? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 95. SHOULD YOU BE SOMEWHERE ELSE? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 96. DON'T YOU LIKE THE STAFF YOU WORK WITH? _______ (General O/Ws on those staff.) (Exec Confessional/General Staff Confessional.) 97. 3RD PARTYING STAFF? _______ (General O/Ws on those staff.) (Exec Confessional and/or General Staff Confessional.) 98. USING UNUSUAL SOLUTIONS? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.) 99. POLICY DOESN'T WORK FOR YOU? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Note for further handling by Qual.) 100. TECH DOESN'T WORK ON YOU? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N. GF M5 and handle.) 101. FAILED DEBUGS? _______ (Assess Product Debug Repair List.) 102. DEBUGS DIDN'T WORK? _______ (Assess Product Debug Repair List.) 103. THINGS GOT WORSE AFTER A DEBUG? _______ (Assess Product Debug Repair List.) 104. FELT BAD AFTER CRAMMING? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Cramming Repair List.) 105. FAILED CRAMMING? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Cramming Repair List.) 106. CRAMMING DOESN'T WORK? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Cramming Repair List.) 107. DON'T GET AUDITING? _______ (Indicate it. 2wc E/S to F/N.) 108. TAKEN OFF AUDITING? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) 109. ARE THERE STOPS? _______ (Find out what. Clean up any protest.) 110. ARE YOU ON DRUGS? _______ MEDICINE? _______ ALCOHOL? _______ (2wc to F/N.) (Program for full Drug handling including Purification RD, Survival RD and a Drug RD. If pc has had one or more of these, program for any needed repair.) 111. ATTENTION FIXED ON SOMETHING? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Survival RD.) HCOB 23.12.80 I - 7 - 112. NOT GETTING ENOUGH SLEEP? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Handling to be worked out with D of P after session.) 113. NOT EATING? _______ (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Handling to be worked out with D of P after session.) 114. ARE YOU PHYSICALLY ILL? _______ (2wc to find what. Note BD item. 2wc to F/N and get further C/S instructions for handling if necessary.) 115. RESTIM? _______ (Assess and handle a C/S 53.) 116. TROUBLE WITH YOUR OWN CASE? _______ (Assess and handle C/S 53.) 117. IS THERE NOTHING WRONG? _______ (Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate to F/N. Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N at first.) 118. SOMETHING ELSE WRONG? _______ (2wc what and, if no joy, GF M5 and handle.) L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:MIR:nc Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=21/12/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE SCIENTOLOGY DRUG RUNDOWN   Remimeo Qual Class III Auditors and Above  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 DECEMBER 1980 Remimeo Qual Class III Auditors and Above THE SCIENTOLOGY DRUG RUNDOWN (References: HCOB 30 Jun 65 RELEASE, REHABILITATION OF FORMER RELEASES AND THETAN EXTERIORS HCOB 21 Jul AD15 RELEASE REHABILITATION HCOB 7 Nov 65 RELEASE REHABILITATION ERROR HCOB 19 Dec 80 REHAB TECH HCOB 30 Jun 62 ARC PROCESS) I have just finalized a new rundown concerning the handling of drugs. It is called the Scientology Drug Rundown and it uses Scientology auditing techniques to handle drugs on Dianetic Clears who, of course, cannot be run on engrams and the New Era Dianetics Drug Rundown. This rundown will make for smoother gains up the Grades and OT Levels for the Dianetic Clear because it will handle any charge on the case on the subject of drugs. And in some instances it could mean the difference between a case that is resistive and rocky and a case that flies in auditing. THEORY It is very important to handle the effects of drugs, medicine and alcohol on a case. In the 60's drug use became widespread in the culture and it was then that I discovered the need to audit out drugs as a first action on pcs. Drugs make it difficult to get stable auditing gains. In fact, a drug history makes one a resistive case in many instances until the drugs are handled. This requires both an objective and a subjective handling. The Purification Rundown and Survival Rundown are objective handlings; they don't involve or directly address the person's own thinkingness to accomplish the intended results. These rundowns work wonders when done correctly. Normally, the subjective handling consists of the New Era Dianetics Drug Rundown, wherein the pc's engrams and mental pictures concerning drugs are erased. The total package, then, is made up of objective and subjective handlings. Both are necessary to effect the proper result. The objective handlings (Purification Rundown and Survival Rundown) won't do the whole job by themselves. The case which has gone Clear prior to receiving a NED Drug Rundown has had no means of handling the subjective aspects of drugs until now. You must not run engrams on a Clear, so the problem we were faced with solving was: how do you handle a case's charge on drugs if you can't run engrams on him? Well, I've put together a line-up which solves this problem simply and effectively -- the Scientology Drug Rundown. It accomplishes a necessary release of charge on drugs, and thus helps to remove drugs as a case factor for Dianetic Clears and allows them to get the maximum gains out of the Grades and OT Levels. HCOB 21.12.80 - 2 - THE LINE-UP The Scientology Drug Rundown handles charge on drugs with the following tools: 1. Rehabbing chemical releases on drugs, which unsticks the person from masses pulled in during drug experiences or "trips". 2. Recalls on drugs to handle the charge on drugs and drug incidents. 3. Further Objective Processing to extrovert the person after the charge is handled. REHABS OF RELEASES ON DRUGS Definition: RELEASE -- When the preclear disconnects from the bank that is a release. When you take a thetan out of a mass that is a release. This is not the same as getting rid of the mass which is called Erasure. There are many releases which normally occur in auditing. The Classification, Gradation and Awareness Chart, displayed in any org, explains these in detail. Definition: REHAB (Short for REHABILITATION) -- When the person was originally released he had become aware of something that caused the reactive mind to destimulate at that point or become weak. This is a release. When the sudden point of awareness is again found, the release state can be regained or rehabilitated. The procedure of regaining a former release state is called a rehab. Some years ago I made the discovery that drugs can give a person the sensation of releasing from the bank while pulling in mass on the person at the same time. This is one of the factors which makes drugs as deadly as they are. When such "chemical releases" are located and rehabbed, the person becomes unstuck from mass pulled in during "trips". This is covered in HCOB 23 Sept 68 DRUGS & TRIPPERS. Drug rehabs were part of the original Class VIII Drug Rundown and are now reinstated as the first step of the Scientology Drug Rundown. RECALL PROCESSING One of the oldest methods of processing we have in Dianetics and Scientology is the recall process. It has been a mainstay of auditing techniques since 1951. It has a new application now on the Scientology Drug Rundown. The charge a Dianetic Clear has on drugs can be released by running charged drugs using simple recall techniques. On the Scientology Drug Rundown this is done after the drug rehabs. OBJECTIVE PROCESSING In order to extrovert the pc's attention after the recalls, one runs some objective processing. This isn't a long parade of processes. It is just intended to get the pc extroverted and in PT. HCOB 21.12.80 - 3 - AUDITOR REQUIREMENTS In order to deliver the Scientology Drug Rundown, any auditor must: 1. Be at least a Provisional Class III Auditor. 2. Have high crimed this issue and drilled the procedure until he can attest he knows it cold. 3. Have high crimed HCOB 19 Dec 80 REHAB TECH and thoroughly drilled the rehab procedures until expert. PRECLEAR PREREQUISITES The Scientology Drug Rundown is for cases who have gone Clear before having completed a New Erg Dianetics Drug Rundown. I discovered in 1978 that we had been far more successful in making Clears than anybody had guessed. A number of these Clears had attained the state prior to getting their drugs run out using Dianetics. Also, some went Clear while on the Drug Rundown itself and were left with charge connected with drugs. So the prerequisites for someone receiving the Scientology Drug Rundown are: 1. Is Dianetic Clear (but NOT in the Non-Interference Zone. See C/S Series 73.). 2. Has not had a full NED Drug Rundown or was on it when Dianetic Clear was attained and so has charged drugs unrun. 3. Has done a successful Purification Rundown. 4. Has done the Survival Rundown or a full, thorough Program of Objectives. It will be pointless to run someone on the Scientology Drug Rundown without points 3 and 4 above well in, so don't do it. PROCEDURE PRELIMINARY STEPS: 1. Fly the pc's ruds so he is F/N, VGIs before starting the rundown. 1A. CONDITIONAL STEP: If the pc has never had an Original Assessment Sheet done on him, do one per HCOB 24 June 1978R, New Era Dianetics Series 5R, ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET. Even though the pc is not going to be run on Dianetics, the Original Assessment Sheet must be done if he has never before had one in his auditing. This will provide the C/S, the D of P and the auditor with essential data on the case. 2. From the pc, get a list of each drug, medicine or alcohol he has taken this lifetime if one doesn't already exist in the folder. Note the read the item gives at the exact end of the pc's statement of the item. If a drug list already exists, it maybe used and a new list need not be made. 3. Clear the terms "release" and "rehab" and the rehab procedure with the pc if these have not been cleared previously. Use HCOB 19 Dec 80 REHAB TECH. Make sure the pc has a good HCOB 21.12.80 - 4 - grasp of what rehabs are and how they fit into the Scientology Drug Rundown procedure as explained on page 2 of this issue. A. DRUG REHABS: 1. R-factor the pc that you will now begin rehabbing releases on drugs. 2. Clear the question "Did you go release on ?" and let the pc know you will fill in the blank with an item (drug) off the drug list and that this is the question you will use to check for releases on each drug. 3. Take the first drug off the list and check the question with the pc, noting any instant read. NOTE: Each drug will be checked for release whether or not the drug read when listed. You are looking for periods when the pc felt released while he was under the influence of the drug and this is not dependent on whether the drug is reading in PT. To repeat, each drug on the list is checked for release, reading or not. 4. If the question reads and the pc was released, find out how many times he was released and it will F/N. Don't go at this too strenuously. It is a light action and the pc may F/N just on spotting that he had felt released on the drug. 5. If no read on the question but the pc says he did go release, check Suppressed or Invalidated. (The Assert or Protest buttons may be checked if the pc is assertive or protesty about having gone release.) 6. If the question reads but the pc says he didn't go release, the read is False or Protest. Find which and handle. 7. If no read on the question, check Suppress and Invalidate. If still no read, leave off trying to rehab it. Instead, do Step 8. 8. If the pc didn't go release on the drug (or if there is an ARC Break F/N while rehabbing it), put in ruds on the drug by checking and handling the following questions: (a) "In taking (drug) was there an ARC Break?" ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N. (b) "In taking (drug) was there a problem?" Itsa E/S to F/N. (c) "In taking (drug) was a withhold missed?" Pull it E/S to F N. An out rud can obscure a release, so after the ruds have been put in on the drug, re-check for a release. If still no release, that's it. Drop it and go on to the next drug. 9. Occasionally a rehab won't go to F/N even though the pc did release on the drug. If this occurs put in ruds on the period before the release using the following questions: (a) "Before the release on (drug) was there an ARC Break?" (b) "Before the release on (drug) was there a problem?" (c) "Before the release on (drug) was a withhold missed?" HCOB 21.12.80 - 5 - With the ruds in, continue the rehab. 10. If you get a release that just won't rehab clear the following question and ask the pc "Did you take anything earlier on the track that was similar to (drug) ?" (When you find and rehab that earlier drug, the one which wouldn't rehab also releases, so there is no need to go back to the one which was hung up.) 11. Repeat steps 3-10 as necessary for each remaining drug, medicine or alcohol on the drug list. Each item is checked for release whether it is reading or not. Of course, the rehab question itself must read before you proceed with any rehab steps. 12. When all the drugs on the list have been checked you can ask the pc if there are any other drugs he would like to add to the drug list. If so, add them, being sure to catch any read. Then, on any added items do steps 3-10 until all items on the list have been handled. These steps comprise the first part of the Scientology Drug Rundown. B. RECALLS ON DRUGS: On this part of the rundown each reading drug on the drug list is run out using recall processing. PC INTEREST IS NOT CHECKED. If the item reads, run it. O. CONDITIONAL: If the drug list used is one which already existed in the folder before the person went Clear the list would have to be reassessed at this point to see which items were reading in PT. It is possible that charge on some of the items would have keyed out or blown when the person went Clear and if the list were not assessed in PT, items might get run which do not have available charge. (Items added by the pc on step 12 of the Drug Rehabs section of this RD are validly reading if they read when the pc listed them.) 1. Taking the item with the largest read (sF or better), run it in the commands below. (Clear a flow before running it for the first time.) NOTE: A flow must read before it is run as covered in HCOB 3 Dec 78 UNREADING FLOWS. Flow 1: "Recall a time you took/had (drug being run) ." Run it repetitively to F/N, Cog, VGIs. Flow 2: "Recall a time you gave another (drug being run) ." To F/N, Cog, VGIs. Flow 3: "Recall a time another gave another or others (drug being run) ." To F/N, Cog, VGIs. Flow 0: "Recall a time you gave yourself (drug being run) ." To F/N, Cog, VGIs. (Quad pcs only.) NOTE: Ensure the pc tells you what he has recalled. A pc may just recall the time and not tell you about it unless you ask him "What was it?" or some such question. 2. When the first reading drug selected has been run to EP on each reading flow take the next best reading drug off the list and run it as covered in step 1. 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all reading drugs have been run. HCOB 21.12.80 - 6 - 4. Reassess the items on the list which didn't read on first assessment. Run any now-reading items as per step 1. Use the Suppress and Invalidate buttons as needed. 5. Repeat the reassessment of any unreading items (using Suppress and Invalidate as needed) until all reading items have been run. When all reading items have been run, the Recalls on Drugs portion of the rundown is completed. C. OBJECTIVE PROCESS: The final step of the Scientology Drug Rundown consists of running the pc on an objective process. The purpose of this is to extrovert his attention after it has been introverted while doing the subjective parts of the rundown. Almost any objective process would do. One wouldn't rerun a person's CCHs 1-4 or anything like that, but one might very well run an Environment Locational on the pc per HCOB 6 May 80, SRD Series 6, ENVIRONMENT LOCATIONAL. Or one could do Reach and Withdraw on MEST locations per HCOB 7 May 80, SRD Series 7, REACH AND WITHDRAW ON MEST LOCATIONS. Which objective process gets run is not so important as the point that something must be run to extrovert the person's attention. Whichever process is run it would be taken to a point where the pc was cheerful, fully extroverted and in present time. This completes the rundown. ABILITY GAINED AND EP The Ability Gained of the rundown is "Freedom from harmful effects of drugs, medicine and alcohol and free from need to take them." Doing each step of the Scientology Drug Rundown fully will achieve that EP on any Pc who is fully set up for it in the first place. There are gains to be had from this rundown which might not be expected from such a seemingly simple set of actions. Run a pc or two on the rundown and you'll see what I'm talking about. One thing which you may observe on pcs is a point of sudden resurgence during or near the end of the rundown. At this point, the pc comes up to PT and out of drug masses or ceases to be introverted and becomes extroverted (both of the above are the same thing -- the phenomenon of the person having been parked down the track due to drugs and then snapping up to PT). This is significant and shows that the EP of the rundown has been obtained. Depending on the pc, this resurgence may happen suddenly, accompanied by a big cog, dial-wide F/N and VVGIs, in which case, one would be safe to end off the recall steps of the rundown. Any charge on drugs will have moved off. So you can run an objective process next and that would complete the rundown. On other cases, the resurgence may not be as sudden, i.e. it will happen gradually with the pc rolling happily along, having his wins and cogs and feeling better session after session. He may remark that he is feeling more in PT and this is to be expected. In these cases, one continues handling reading drugs HCOB 21.12.80 - 7 - and reassesses the drug list as needed to ensure that all charged drugs and flows are run to EP. By the time this is done and the pc has run the ending objective process, if the auditing has been standard he will have come up to PT and out of drug masses just the same as the pc who achieves this as a big win and sudden resurgence. The end product is the same in both cases. It is very important, however, that the recall step is not ended simply because the pc has a good win which is mistaken for the EP. To do this could result in the auditor and C/S being accused of taking part in a very disreputable activity -- quickying. And nobody wants to be hung with that kind of reputation! If there is any question as to whether a big win the pc has had represents the resurgence being looked for, continue the rundown after the pc has had his win. You will be safe in doing this. No one thus far has shown evidence of overrun when continuing the rundown past the point of a big win (after the persistent F/N dies down, of course) and in completing the steps of the rundown. (As a note, that possibility does exist though, if the pc's big win also happened to be the EP. Should this occur and the pc begin to manifest overrun of the rundown -- and not simply overrun of a process or drug -- then the EP is rehabbed and the rundown completed with the objective process.) If no point of resurgence occurs in the pc, then something is amiss with the auditing the pc has received. An FES would have to be done to locate the errors and they would have to be repaired. The FES may have to only go back a few sessions or the whole case may need to be FESed. TIPS Pcs often have big wins on these recall flows, followed by persistent F/Ns. When this happens it is wise to let the pc have his win so you don't miss a reading drug or flow because of the F/N. Occasionally the pc may run a flow that runs much longer and deeper than other flows. Don't be surprised if drug manifestations turn on while running certain drugs -- they blow when the process is taken to EP. And don't mistake the euphoria of a drug incident in restim for the EP of a flow. It is not unusual for a pc to go through a revivification on this rundown. This isn't anything to puzzle over though, as it is simply something which may occur on this rundown. If it does occur, don't stop the process. Carry on and the pc will come through it. SPECIAL NOTE Occasionally, a pc goes Clear in the middle of the NED Drug Rundown. In such a case, the correct thing to do is a verification and rehabilitation of the attainment of the state to full EP and resurgence, per the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive. After this is done, the Scientology Drug RD Recall steps are done on the remaining unhandled drugs which are now reading. You would have to reassess the unhandled portion of the drug list before doing any recalls to ascertain which drugs would now get run. The drug rehabs would not need to be done on these cases. HCOB 21.12.80 - 8 - PREVIOUSLY RUN DRUGS Once in a while a C/S will run across a Dianetic Clear who, despite having had a drug rundown, still has unhandled charge, incidents and masses in connection with drugs. Possible reasons for this are: drug residues left in the body which prevented auditing gains; lack of a full set of Objectives thoroughly done each one to EP; or poorly done or quickied auditing on the drug rundown itself. Such a case might be obvious from an FES of the drug rundown the person had. Where such things as no Objectives run or "run to EP in 3 minutes", drug items unrun because the pc had "no interest" in the item (which usually means the person was no longer interested in taking the drug), reading items left unrun or items not run to full EP, are obvious from folder study, the C/S may find that the case would need the Scientology Drug Rundown. This would particularly apply to Dianetic Clears who still manifested heavily the effects of drugs whether in auditing, on post or in life. (Ref: HCOB 8 Jan 69, DRUGS AND "INSANITY" -- NON COMPLIANCE AND ALTER-IS applies in particular, but all the 1969 HCOBs on drugs as well as later issues would also apply and help the C/S decide whether the case is one which would benefit from the Scientology Drug Rundown.) The point here is that a case that has gone Dianetic Clear and had a poorly done drug rundown could possibly hang up on auditing on the Expanded Lower Grades because of unhandled charge on drugs. If this proved to be the case through folder study and other indicators the basic handling would be: 1. Purification Rundown. 2. Survival Rundown. 3. End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List. 4. Scientology Drug Rundown. This battery of actions would handle any lingering unhandled drug charge or manifestations on a Dianetic Clear due to botched earlier drug handling. CAUTIONS AND REMEDIES Never run Recalls on the same drug twice. Never run unreading drugs or flows. To do so may drop the pre-OT into more charge than one can easily get him out of. Should such happen and not resolve by the usual means (rehabbing the overrun, indicating an uncharged drug or flow was taken up and shouldn't have been or L1C on the session) the auditor can assess an L3RG and indicate any reads to key out the charge. No engram running would be done. One should take care not to Q and A off the rundown into handling some other case manifestation or hidden standard. The purpose of the rundown is to handle drug charge, enabling the pc to make case gain in his subsequent auditing (where other aspects of the case would be handled). An auditor can mistakenly let the pc itsa on and on if his TR-2 and session control are not in. This cuts down the effectiveness of the rundown. If the auditor doesn't control this (without ARC Breaking the pc, however) he can run the pc's havingness down and plow him in. HCOB 21.12.80 - 9 - One must not audit this rundown (or any other, for that matter) over out ruds. If this has occurred, the action to take is to fly the pc's ruds checking for "audited over" ("Have you been audited over _______ ?") or an L1C on the recent session or sessions. Should the rundown be messed up it can be repaired with the End of Endless Drug Rundowns Repair List. SUMMARY We now have a method for handling drugs on a person with unhandled drugs who, because he has gone Clear, should not be run on engrams. It is essential to handle drugs as covered in this issue. Otherwise one is placing the Pre-OT in jeopardy of waiting his auditing on the Grades as it will have been done over the bypassed charge of unhandled drug incidents. Once the pre-OT has attained OT III any remaining effects from drugs can be terminatedly handled on the OT Drug Rundown. Using this simple procedure we can ensure that the Dianetic Clear attains all the gains possible in his Grade Chart auditing, quite in addition to the relief and expansion one experiences when freed from drug influences, as will occur on this new rundown. We now have the means by which the effects of drugs can be effectively handled for anyone at any position on the Bridge. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:nc Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=20/12/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PREREQUISITES FOR SOLO AUDITOR COURSE AND ADVANCED COURSE LEVELS   Remimeo BPI  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 DECEMBER 1980 Remimeo BPI (Also issued as an HCO Policy Letter of the same date and sane title.) PREREQUISITES FOR SOLO AUDITOR COURSE AND ADVANCED COURSE LEVELS The following are the new prerequisites as they appear on the 1980 Grade Chart for persons going onto the Solo Auditor Course, preparatory to doing the Advanced Course Levels. 1. Basic Study Manual or Student Hat. 2. The Purification Rundown. 3. The Survival Rundown (unless full Objectives have been run, each to its End Phenomena). 4. Any TRs Course, such as Co-Audit TRs on the Survival Rundown, or the How To Achieve Effective Communication Course (the new HAS Course), or a Professional TRs Course. 5. New Era Dianetics Drug Rundown (or full Drug Rundown received prior to the release of New Era Dianetics). or Scientology Drug Rundown (for persons who have attained Clear before the Clearing Course and before completing a Dianetic Drug Rundown). 6. Dianetics fully run to Dianetic Case Completion (on any non-Clear). 7. ARC SW and Grades 0-IV fully run to End Phenomena, with the Ability Gained for each Grade (run Triple or Quad) with good Success Stories. All Expanded Grades Processes are run, if necessary, to achieve this. 8. If Clear has been attained before doing the Clearing Course: A full verification of the State of Clear done on the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive, with each step done and attested to by the C/S. 9. If Clear has not yet been attained: Power Processing (Grades V and VA) fully run to End Phenomena, before Advanced Courses are begun. To begin the Solo Auditor Course, the pc, if not complete on Power and VA, must be on Power or Power Set-Ups. A pc on Grade VI Set-Ups may also begin the Solo Auditor Course. ("Set-Ups" = A series of auditing actions given to ensure the pc is "set up" to receive a major action.) Solo Set-Ups can be done at a Saint Hill or an Advanced Org. HCOB 20.12.80 - 2 - Advances made in the technology at both the beginning of the Bridge and in upper levels have resulted in these revised mandatory prerequisites. These steps fully and honestly done prepare the individual more fully than ever before for solo auditing successfully on his OT Courses. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=19/12/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  REHAB TECH   Remimeo Tech Qual Academies Class III Auditors and above  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 DECEMBER 1980 Remimeo Tech (Cancels BTB 6 Dec 68 RELEASE, REHABILITATION OF, Qual not written by myself.) Academies Class III Auditors and above REHAB TECH REFERENCES: HCOB 30 Jun 65 RELEASE, REHABILITATION OF, FORMER RELEASES AND THETAN EXTERIORS HCOB 21 Jul AD15 RELEASE REHABILITATION HCOB 2 Aug 65 RELEASE GOOFS HCOB 30 Aug 80 Keeping Scientology Working Series 24 WINS, "STATES", AND GRADE CHART DECLARES HCOB 15 Nov 78 DATING AND LOCATING This bulletin is a condensation of the tech I first developed in 1965 on the subject of rehabs and release. While there is considerably more data on these subjects in the Technical Volumes and on the Class VIII tapes, this issue sets forth the key data and presents the methods for rehabbing in one consolidated issue for the first time. DEFINITIONS: "Rehab" is a shortened version of "rehabilitate", which means: to restore to a former capacity or condition. "Release" is the term for what occurs when a person separates from his reactive mind or some part of it or when he separates from some mass. In Scientology we use the term "rehabilitate" most commonly to mean: restoring a state of release previously attained by the pc. RELEASES Scientology processes can be categorized as follows: 1. Those processes which direct the preclear's attention to the mental masses in his reactive mind in order to enable him to separate out from them. 2. Those processes which are aimed at increasing the preclear's abilities. Both types of processes lead to release. Both types of processes are necessary to bring a person up the levels of awareness and up each step of the Grade Chart to OT. When you take a thetan out of a mass, that's a release. When you erase the mass and leave the thetan there, that's an erasure. Erasure is a different phenomenon from release. HCOB 19.12.80 - 2 - In auditing, when the pc spots something in the bank he disconnects from the bank to a greater or lesser degree. That is a release. Or, when the pc becomes free of a difficulty or personal "block" or inability stemming from the mind, that is a release. A person can and does go release many times in the course of his auditing. He may go release many times while being run on the processes of a Grade before he attains the ability of that Grade. The Grades Releases are covered fully in HCOB 22 Sep 65, RELEASE GRADATION, NEW LEVELS OF RELEASE, in HCOB 27 Sep 65, RELEASE GRADATION, ADDITIONAL DATA, and on the Grade Chart itself. Further data can be found in HCO PL 23 Oct 80 II, CHART OE ABILITIES GAINED FOR LOWER LEVELS AND EXPANDED LOWER GRADES. Oddly enough, the idea of release can translate through to the pc to include releases in life, too. For example, a person was in prison and they let him out. This might well read as a release on a pc being asked about former releases, and it would be okay. One sees how this can be in view of the basic concept of release, e.g. when you take a person out of a mass -- any mass -- that is a release. So "release" points in life such as the above are valid, and, though one doesn't ask for them specifically, should they come up during a former release rehab on a pc, they are to be handled. However, the auditor must understand that such a release in no way means that a person is a release on a process or on one of the Grades! Prison might be a problem to someone but getting out doesn't make him a problems Release! Don't misconstrue one for the other and declare someone a Grades Release at some Level because he had a release in life. Actually one can go release on any subject and theoretically one could rehab any release a pc had. The exact subjects a pc must be released on in order to make it up the Bridge are those listed on the Grade Chart. Occasionally it is necessary to rehab a win or state attained by the pc which is not specifically mentioned on the Grade Chart. But, again, one would not mistake it for a Grade Chart Release. (Ref: HCOB 30 Aug 80, Keeping Scientology Working Series 24, WINS, "STATES", AND GRADE CHART DECLARES.) OVERRUN Overrun occurs when the thetan considers that something has gone on too long or happened too often. When the person begins to feel this way about something, he begins to protest it and try to stop it. This tends to make things more solid and builds up mass in the mind. People who are very intent on stopping things in life appear solid and massy. In auditing, an overrun means the preclear came out of the bank and then went back into it again. For instance, the pc released on the process "From where could you communicate to your dog?" but the auditor continued the process after he should have indicated the F/N and gone on to something else. By continuing, the auditor throws the pc back into the bank again and wrecks the release state. HCOB 19.12.80 - 3 - An overrun in auditing can also mean that the pc gained an ability to do something and the auditor continued the process or grade past the point where the ability had been regained. By pushing on, the ability can get invalidated. In both cases the person's attention goes back onto his case and hangs up. The person can feel the mass of it again. In life when something is overrun, the person begins to accumulate protests and upsets about the thing or activity he feels overrun on. His attention tends to stick on it. This also builds up mass. An overrun, whether it occurred in auditing or in life, is handled in auditing using the tech of rehabbing. THEORY OF REHABBING The theory of rehabs is based on the following stable datum: This particular universe is built by twos. One cannot know a datum unless there is another datum to compare it to. This fact can also be seen to operate in the field of the mind. (Ref: Logic 8, Scientology 0-8, THE BOOK OF BASICS.) Thus, in rehabbing a release point one is getting the pc to view one datum (a time of release from a mass) as compared to another datum (a time he was stuck in the mass) and when this is done the pc moves out of the mass once again. That is the simplicity of what occurs. To expand on the mechanics involved, it can be described as follows: When a person has been overrun, he is trying to stop the mass or thing he has gone back into. The other side to that is the time or times he was released from it. These are opposites: the "plus" of the mass and the "minus" of the time the mass wasn't there. This idea of opposites tends to hang things up. The idea then behind handling an overrun is to unstabilize this plus-minus pair by getting the pc to clearly spot the "minus" side of it. When this happens, the "plus" side goes. When the pc's attention is directed to the points when he was released from the mass he ceases to try and stop the mass and it goes. The release state then rehabilitates. So the mechanism being worked with here is that the mass connected with an overrun can be knocked out by spotting the release connected with it. It is a very simple principle which has important uses in auditing. TYPES OF REHABS There are three types of rehab procedures for use in rehabbing releases or states. The earliest is Rehab 1965 Style. This is followed by Rehab by Counting which I developed in 1968. Later on, in 1971, I developed the Date/Locate procedure. Each of the three has its uses depending on what it is one is trying to rehab. One does a Rehab '65 Style when one is rehabbing a specific point, such as the point a specific former release was attained. HCOB 19.12.80 - 4 - A Rehab by Counting is done when, for instance, a process appears overrun in session or when one is rehabbing "releases" such as on drugs on the Scientology Drug Rundown, or at any time something is likely to have a number of releases connected with it. A Date/Locate is used when one wants to directly spot the exact time and location of a specific incident and thus blow the mass connected with it. (Date/Locate is used on the last step of the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive to determine the exact point a person went Clear. The Date/Locate procedure has many other uses in other types of auditing as well, but in rehabbing its most frequent use is on the DCSI, per the above.) INDOCTRINATING THE PC The procedure for doing a rehab is quite simple when one understands the theory of it and makes sure the pc does, too. Before doing any rehab or Date/Locate, clear the terms and procedure with the pc so that he understands. Use the data in this issue to clear the theory of release and rehabs, and to clear the procedure to be used -- Rehab '65 Style or Rehab by Counting. Use data in HCOB 15 Nov 78, DATING AND LOCATING, in indoctrinating the pc to the Date/Locate theory and procedure. All the terms and steps of the procedure are covered in that issue. The better the pc understands what is going on the smoother it will go. Do not skimp this indoctrination step. Any auditing efforts can go up in smoke if one tries to audit the pc over misunderstoods. 1. Clear the terms below with the pc, using demos and consulting the pc's understanding. A. RELEASE: 1. a person who has been able to back out of his bank. The bank is still there but the person isn't sunk into it with all its somatics and depressions. 2. When the pc disconnects from the mass in his bank, that is a release. When this happens, the pc disconnects from the bank to a greater or lesser degree. 3. A person who has become free of a difficulty or personal "block" stemming from the mind. 4. When you take a thetan out of a mass, that is a release. B. REHABILITATE: to restore to a former capacity or condition. In auditing, this means to do the series of actions in session which result in regaining a state of release for the pc. Abbreviated "Rehab". C. KEY-IN: the action of some part of the reactive mind moving in on the person. A Key-in occurs when the environment around the awake but fatigued or distressed individual is similar to some part of the reactive mind. Since the reactive mind operates on the equation A=A=A, the present time environment becomes identified with the contents of a particular portion of the bank and so it activates and exerts its influence on the person. D. KEY-OUT: the action of the reactive mind or some portion of it dropping out of restimulation on the pc. E. GRADE: a series of processes culminating in an exact ability attained, examined and attested to by the pc. (See the Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart for the complete explanation of the different grades.) HCOB 19.12.80 - 5 - Auditing processes result in a release. The auditing processes of a Grade, when done, result in the pc attaining the specific ability of that Grade. 2. Clear "overrun" with the pc, using the section "Overrun" in this issue. Have the pc demo an overrun in auditing and in life. 3. Clear with the pc the stable datum on which rehabbing is based (under "Theory of Rehabbing" in this issue). Have him demo each (using a demo kit) as needed to ensure he's got it. 4. Using a demo kit, clear with the pc the simple mechanics of rehabbing (spotting the release connected with a mass). Ref: Section on "Theory of Rehabbing" in this issue. 5. Go over with the pc each step of the procedure to be used (Rehab '65 Style or Rehab by Counting or Date/Locate, if needed). Clear any words regarding these procedures, which have not previously been cleared in the pc's auditing. Use a demo kit as needed. 6. Cover meter dating with the pc so he understands its purpose and how it is done. Use E-Meter Drill 22 to explain it. Ensure the pc understands you don't want him dependent on the meter but that you will help him, using the meter, if necessary. (Ref: HCOB 4 Aug 63, ALL ROUTINES, E-METER ERRORS, COMMUNICATION CYCLE ERROR.) Be sure the pc understands the simple basics of rehabbing with no questions or confusions or misunderstood terms, before you begin any rehab. Additionally, when doing any type of rehab session it is important to ensure the pc's ruds are in before starting. REHAB PROCEDURES PROCEDURE FOR REHAB '65 STYLE I. Determine what is going to be rehabbed. This might be a release on a process, some other type of former release, the ability of a Grade attained or some other state achieved by the pc. A. For a process, use the question: "Were you released on (process)?". a. Clear the question on the pc first, omitting the name of the actual process. b. Then check the question (including the name of the actual process) on the meter. c. If no read on the question, check Suppress and Invalidate. d. If the pc says he was released but no read on the question, check Suppress or Invalidate. If pc is assertive or protesty about having been released, check Asserted and/or Protest. B. For rehabbing a state: One would simply orient the pc to the state (having already verified that it is a valid state and having C/S instructions to do so) HCOB 19.12.80 - 6 - and proceed with the rehab steps. (Ref: HCOB 30 Aug 80, Keeping Scientology Working Series 24, WINS, "STATES", AND GRADE CHART DECLARES.) (Exception: The State of Clear would only be handled on a full Dianetic Clear Special Intensive. Any other states which might come up on that Intensive would, if valid, be handled routinely by the trained DCSI auditor, per DCSI procedure.) C. Rehabbing Grades: Data on using '65 Style to rehab Grades is covered in the "Rehabbing Grades" section of this issue. D. Rehabbing Former Releases: Data on using '65 Style to rehab former releases is covered in the "Rehabbing Former Releases" section of this issue. II. When it has been determined that the pc was released on the process, the Ability Gained for a Grade had been attained or the state being rehabbed has been established, one proceeds by first finding out when this occurred, per Step 1 below, and then continues with the remainder of the rehab steps: 1. Loosely locate the session or time in which it occurred. (Note: This may have to be meter dated if the pc is unable to locate when it happened. For this reason, any auditor doing rehabs must be adept at E-Meter Drill 22, "E-Meter Hidden Date, This Life". Also, see HCOB 2 Aug 65, RELEASE GOOFS, point 4, Meter Mis-use.) You simply want to determine when. The pc may give you the year, month and day of the release, he may describe it by significance ("The moment I thought to myself, 'That's why I wrecked the car!'"), or he may spot when it occurred by location ("It occurred when I was in session for the first time with Joe in his new auditing room."). The reference for this is: HCOB 8 Jun AD13, THE TIME TRACK AND ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS, BULLETIN 2, HANDLING THE TIME TRACK. NOTE: The indicators which tell you that the release or state is rehabilitated are an F/N on the meter and VGIs on the pc. If this occurs on any step of the rehab procedure, simply indicate the F/N and gently end off on that rehab action. 2. Get in Suppress, Invalidate buttons on the session or time. 3. Get in "unacknowledged" or "what was unacknowledged". 4. Indicate anything found to the pc as By-passed Charge. 5. Find the Key-in that was Keyed-out in that time or session. (The person went release because something keyed out in that time or session.) 6. When this is found and recognized by the pc, the pc will recover the release and the process, Grade, state, etc. will be rehabilitated. 7. If this does not happen, find out what keyed in (at some point after the release) that ended the release state and get it loosely located as in Step 1. 8. Repeat Steps 2 to 6 on it. HCOB 19.12.80 - 7 - 9. CONDITIONAL: If, when the above is done, the release still has not rehabbed, get the pc to Itsa alternately the point of key-out when the pc released and the point of key-in afterwards, one after the other. (Use the meter to guide the pc, if necessary, by asking "What's that?" when you see a fall on the needle.) This isn't an alternate/repetitive question -- "What was keyed out then?"/"What was keyed in then?" -- but a use of these and any such wording, one after the other, as Itsa invitations until the release is regained and F/N, VGIs obtained. CHECKING FOR EPs If one wants to check if the pc has reached the EP of a process, or if one suspects that the EP may have been reached out of session, one can check "Did anything occur?" per HCOB 5 Dec 71 IMPORTANT END PHENOMENA and if the EP has been reached it can be rehabbed using the Rehab '65 Style. One would never ask leading questions or feed the EP to the pc in such situations. Simply check if anything occurred. PROCEDURE FOR REHAB BY COUNTING 1. Establish there is something to be rehabbed. (Naturally, you can't rehab a release if there isn't one. You couldn't rehab a process if the pc had never run it.) The question would vary depending on the situation being rehabbed. a. If it looks (due to overrun phenomena) as though a process has been overrun in session, one could ask, "Have we by-passed a release point on this process?". b. For rehabbing releases on drugs on the Scientology Drug Rundown, one would check, "Did you go release on (drug) ?". 2. If there is a release the question should read. If no read, check Suppress and Invalidate. There must be a read either on checking the question or on the pc's origination that there is a release there, before proceeding with the rehab. 3. If no read but the pc says he was released, check if the release has been suppressed or Invalidated. If the pc is asserting release or being protesty about it, check Asserted and/or Protest. 4. Sometimes the pc will F/N simply on spotting he was released. This can be quite common especially when the pc's ruds are in and the auditor's TRs are smooth. An F/N with good indicators tells you that the rehab is complete and the mass has keyed out or the state has been rehabilitated. 5. If no F/N on spotting there was a release, ask the pc how many times he was released. Get him to count the number of times and when he gets it he will E/N. 6. Sometimes the pc can't get the number and the auditor can then use the meter to count how many times and get it that way. He can ask the pc if he has some idea of approximate number of times and then use "More than _______ ?"/"Less than _______ ?". He uses the tech of E-Meter Drill 22 to establish the general range of the number of times. He would the count to the pc. ("Were you released on (_______) 10 times? 11, 12?", etc.) HCOB 19.12.80 - 8 - The correct number of times will read and, when indicated, will F/N. Rehab by counting is a simple procedure but it can get messed up by an uncertain attitude on the part of the auditor or by rough auditor TRs, so be sure you are confident and well drilled. BRIDGING FROM REHAB BY COUNTING TO '65 STYLE If, even with the ruds in, doing a Rehab by Counting doesn't F/N, one can bridge over into a Rehab '65 Style and rehab it that way. Doing a Rehab '65 Style will clean up any by-passed charge on the release and allow it to rehab. If on the Rehab by Counting the pc had said he was released several times, one would have to find the primary release point (the one "that is most real to him," or when he "had the biggest win," etc.) in order to do the Rehab '65 Style steps on that release point. Handled smoothly in this way, you will be able to rehabilitate the release, with F/N, VGIs. DATE/LOCATE PROCEDURE The Date/Locate procedure is very thoroughly covered in HCOB 15 November 1978, DATING AND LOCATING, and thus is not repeated here. It is based upon the fundamental principles of rehab tech, but the additional theory and full Date/Locate procedure contained in HCOB 15 Nov 78 must be understood and drilled well before it is done on any pc. ADDITIONAL DATA ON SPECIFIC USES OF REHAB PROCEDURES If one is to handle rehabs he must know the fine differences involved in the application of rehab tech to each type of thing to be rehabbed. For example, the rehabbing of Grades and the rehabbing of former releases differ from each other and they also differ slightly in some of their steps from the rehabbing of specific processes or states as covered earlier in this issue. For this reason each is taken up separately here in its own section. REHABBING GRADES The rehabilitation of any Grade is done on the basis of actual auditing having been done to the end product of the specific Ability Gained for the Grade on all flows. (Note: pcs should be Quaded up by the time they receive their Grades.) One does not rehab a Grade by checking "Did anything occur?" or "Were you released on Grade _______ ?" Of course something would have occurred on the Grade and the pc would have released each time a process or a flow on a process of the Grade F/Ned. This is not what you're looking for. The End phenomena of a Grade is the attainment of an ability by the pc which he did not previously have. Each level of the Grade Chart results in a specific ability gained by the pc when HCOB 19.12.80 - 9 - he does that particular Grade. These are expressed on the Grade Chart in the "Ability Gained" column. The specific ability for each of the four flows of a Grade is listed in HCOB/HCO PL 23 October 1980 Issue II, CHART OF ABILITIES GAINED FOR LOWER LEVELS AND EXPANDED GRADES. These are what you are interested in finding out and rehabbing, if they have been attained. You want to determine that the pc has gained the ability for each flow of the Grade when you are rehabbing. It's not: Did he get his Grade 0 ability? It's: Is he willing for others to communicate to him on any subject? Does he no longer resist communication from others on unpleasant or unwanted subjects? Yes? Good, he's made it on Flow 1 of Grade 0. Does he have the ability to communicate freely with anyone on any subject? Is he free from or no longer bothered by communication difficulties, and no longer withdrawn or reticent? Does he like to outflow? If so, he's attained the ability on Flow 2 of Grade 0. One checks each flow of a Grade for the ability of that flow in this way. If the pc says he can't, or if he reads on the meter as being unable to communicate freely to others, for example, then you know he is not complete on that Grade. He would need to have an FES done at least as far back as the beginning of that Grade and any errors found corrected, and then more processes for that Grade run on all flows until the Ability Gained had been genuinely attained. Further data about handling the pc who hasn't made a Grade is contained in C/S Series 4. A Dianetic pc who couldn't honestly say he was a well and happy human being would need more somatic items run out R3RA. One would never try to rehab a Grade the pc had never really been run on, or for instance, Q and A with a pc who asserted he was a Grade 2 Release because he went to confession as a youth. The Abilities Gained of the Grades are attained only by auditing on the various processes of each Grade. The results of well-run Grades are light years above anything that other fields or practices can offer, so don't sell them short by omitting or quickying them. The procedure, then, for rehabbing a Grade is as follows: 1. Establish from folder study that the pc has run the processes of the Grade on all flows in the first place. There should be some evidence in the folder that the pc has attained the Grade, whether previously declared or not. He should have run enough processes for this to be evident. 2. Show the pc (with pc on the meter) the written statement of the Ability Gained for Flow 1 of the Grade, and have him read it. (Ref: HCOB/HCO PL 23 October 1980 II, CHART OF ABILITIES GAINED FOR LOWER LEVELS AND EXPANDED LOWER GRADES.) 3. Then check with the pc as to whether he has attained (or "can do") the ability for that flow of the Grade, as stated in HCOB/HCO PL 23 October 1980 II. 4. If he has attained it, rehab it by Rehab '65 Style. 5. Repeat Step 2 and 3 on the Ability Gained for each of the remaining flows (Flow 2, 3 and 0) of the Grade. HCOB 19.12.80 - 10 - 6. If the pc has attained the ability on each flow of the Grade, he is a valid release on that Grade. 7. If the pc doesn't have the Ability Gained for one or more of the flows of the Grade, he doesn't have the abilities of the Grade. The processes (and the flows) he ran on it would have to be FES'ed to locate any errors. The errors found would have to be corrected and any unflat process flattened. Then additional processes for that Grade would need to be run until the pc really had the Ability Gained for each flow of the Grade. REHABBING FORMER RELEASES Rehabbing former releases came into being in 1965 and was done most frequently in that year and the years immediately following it, after the Grades had been established. At that time it was necessary to clear up and get acknowledged the former releases a pc may have had during his processing in the previous years, and to determine that he had been released on each Grade before he went onto power and Clearing. It is still a very valid tech that is used when needed. It may in some instances be done, at the adjudication of the C/S, where a case is having trouble or is bogged and the C/S suspects from folder study that the case may be hung up on former release points. In genning the pc in to this action ensure hs understands what is being looked for. Although one uses Rehab '65 Style, the action is not the same as rehabbing a Grade or even exactly the same as rehabbing a process. Here you are looking for times in the pc's auditing history, recent or distant, when he felt good in sessions. This would not necessarily have to be a specific EP of a process the pc ran or the EP of a particular Grade. Rehabbing former releases is not limited by reference to any specific process or Grade. Also, when the pc is asked about an earlier release, he may offer up a time he felt released from something in life. If so, this would be checked and handled just as any other release point, as in this action you are going to rehab any and all validly reading release points the pc may offer. When a former release is found it is rehabbed by the '65 Style. The procedure for rehabbing former releases is: 1. Ensure the pc's ruds are in and that he has been through steps 1-6 of the section "Indoctrinating the pc", in this issue. 2. Have the pc demo the idea of former releases as it applies to auditing and to life until he's got it. 3. R-Factor the pc that you are going to rehab any former releases he may have had. 4. Clear the question: "Have you been released earlier?" Then check the question. 5. If you get a read on clearing or checking the question, find nut what the release was on. a. If no read on the question when cleared or checked, check Suppress and Invalidate. HCOB 19.12.80 - 11 - b. If pc says he was released earlier but no read on the question when cleared or checked, check Suppress or Invalidate. If the pc is assertive or protesty about having been released, check Asserted and/or Protest. 6. When it has been determined that the pc has been released earlier, one then proceeds per Step 1 of Rehab '65 Style instructions until one gets an F/N and rehabilitation of the former release. 7. One then checks for any other former releases by checking, "Is there another time you were released earlier?" and handles per Steps 5 and 6 above. 8. Repeat Step 7 as long as the pc has former releases to rehab. 9. Conditional: If on Steps 5 a or b the meter doesn't read or ceases reading even after Suppress, Invalidate, Asserted and/or Protest are checked, or if an ARC Break needle turns on while doing the rehabs, one checks for and handles any ARC Breaks which may be present in the session or connected with the thing you are trying to rehab. After handling any ARC Breaks, recheck for former releases and handle until the Auditor, pc and meter are in agreement that any former releases have been rehabbed and that there are no ARC Breaks preventing any former release from reading. It may be necessary to also check and handle the other rudiments (PTP and Missed Withholds) to ensure there is nothing preventing any former release from reading. 10. Conditional: If the pc has a big win in rehabbing former releases, one would let him have his win and end the session. When sessions are resumed, one would then check for and handle any remaining former releases. When all the pc's former releases have been rehabbed, the action is complete. ADVICE TO AUDITORS AND C/SES ON REHABS Meter Dependence In using the meter on a rehab of any sort, one does not want to get into a situation where the pc is made dependent on the meter for obtaining data. One uses the meter in a rehab only when the pc is unable to come up with the data needed. In getting the number of times released on a process, for instance, the auditor would get the pc to establish the number of times released and only if the pc could not get it would the auditor use the meter to find the number of times released. This all comes under increasing the pc's certainty of his data and is best expressed in HCOB 4 August 1963 ALL ROUTINES, E-METER ERRORS, COMMUNICATION CYCLE ERROR. Out Ruds When a rehab is not going to an F/N, one usually finds that there is an out rud over which the rehab is being done. This can be: a. An out rud on the subject being rehabbed; b. An out rud on something before the release occurred; HCOB 19.12.80 - 12 - c. An out rud in the rehab session itself. One has to find out what the out rud is, handle it and then the rehab should go easily to F/N. If at any time an ARC Break needle turns on during a rehab, immediately find what the ARC Break is on and handle fully. Then take the rehab to F/N. An ARC Break, particularly, may obscure a release and prevent it from reading. The remedy is to handle the ARC Break and then recheck for the release. NOTE: That one has F/Ned the ruds or handled session outnesses to F/N does not mean the rehab is finished, so complete the rehab if needed once the ruds are in. Rehabs are very simple to do provided the auditor's comm cycle is not rough or distracting and both he and the pc understand what is being done on a rehab and how the procedures go. The action is one of de-stimulation not re-stimulation. It is done with a light touch and is a smooth action. One doesn't get into forcing the pc on a rehab. Drilling the different rehab procedures must be a part of any High Crime checkout on this bulletin so that the auditor can confidently handle any situation that might arise during a rehab. The best way to run a session is to be so sharp as an auditor that you never let the pc overrun in the first place. But should this occur or should you inherit a pc that another auditor has overrun, or should life and livingness knock out a release state, this issue lays out the steps for restoring any type of release. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:dr/nc Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=2/12/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  FLOATING NEEDLE AND TA POSITION MODIFIED   Remimeo Tech & Qual All Levels All Auditors All Supervisors All Internships All C/Ses Tech Checksheets Examiners Ethics Officers  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 DECEMBER 1980 Remimeo Tech & Qual All Levels All Auditors All Supervisors All Internships All C/Ses Tech Checksheets Examiners Ethics Officers FLOATING NEEDLE AND TA POSITION MODIFIED This Bulletin carries further the data given in: HCOB 10 December 1978RB URGENT -- IMPORTANT C/S Series 99RB Re-revised 25 May 1980 SCIENTOLOGY F/N AND TA POSITION and modifies but does not cancel all HCOBs that mention having to have the TA between 2.0 and 8.0 before the F/N can be considered valid, including: HCOB 21 October 1968R Revised 8 July 1977 FLOATING NEEDLE HCOB 7 May 1969R, Issue V Revised 15 July 1977 FLOATING NEEDLE HCOB 21 April 1971RC Revised 25 July 1978 C/S Series 36RC DIANETICS HCOB 24 October 1971RA Re-revised 25 May 1980 FALSE TA HCOB 15 February 1972R Revised 26 January 1977 FALSE TA ADDITION 2 HCOB 23 November 1973RB Re-revised 25 May 1980 DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE FALSE TA HCOB 8 June 1970 LOW TA HANDLING HCOB 13 June 1970 Issue II HUBBARD CONSULTANT STUDY STRESS ANALYSIS HCOB 2.12.80 - 2 - Some recent tests I conducted have shown that a floating needle is a floating needle regardless of tone arm position. This changes an earlier belief that, in order to be valid, the tone arm had to be between 2.0 and 3.0 for it to be called a floating needle. Carefully examining dozens of F/Ns which occurred with the TA well above 3.0 and looking for any troubles with the case following calling the F/N an F/N, I found that there were no adverse consequences. Therefore, it can be safely assumed that a floating needle is a floating needle regardless of where the tone arm position may be. It should be called, indicated and written as an F/N, with the TA noted. Palm moisture, pc grip and other factors alter the TA position but not the F/N. The auditor must also be prepared to handle and handle false TA and nothing in this finding changes handling. Tone arm positions register the relative mass of the case and nothing in this finding changes that. There are low TA cases and high TA cases and the state of the TA remains important and all data regarding TA positions are valid. An ARC Break needle (an F/N accompanied by bad indicators) remains an ARC Break needle and nothing in this finding changes that. It must be handled. (One ordinarily checks for an ARC Break in this case.) This finding about TA position and F/Ns has been corrected earlier. This present issue carries it further based on very thorough recent testing. There are apparently no liabilities of any kind in calling high and low TA F/Ns F/Ns. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:nc Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=24/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Happiness Rundown Series 1 HAPPINESS RUNDOWN   Broad Public Issue  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1980 Broad Public Issue Happiness Rundown Series 1 HAPPINESS RUNDOWN This rundown is based on the booklet "The Way to Happiness." The booklet is being released on general public lines and it is not a church publication as it is not religious. Scientology has its own creed and codes and the fact that it also uses this booklet to aid in spiritual counselling is incidental to its public use. A minister or pastoral counselor can, however, counsel on any subject and that the church sells a rundown based on the booklet does not make the booklet religious. THE WAY TO HAPPINESS Factually, the world has gotten itself a lot of new violence potential without also getting a campaign for higher morality. Such an imbalance is catastrophic. The police, banks, merchants, insurance people are all in real trouble through the decline of morality. The Kentucky school board, right now, is faced with no morals being taught in their schools. They already have a crime problem if their schools are like anyone else's. Materialism and mechanism (these are philosophic schools) are on a rampage. The biologists, psychs, evolutionists are pushing them to the limit. These are blown up by the simple question, "Your data may be quite correct but you have no proof that there is not something else that uses all this." Their position is untenable philosophically. So, using this, the psychs and biologists and so on are edging the churches out and factually are creating a dangerous social situation. At a time when man can wield unlimited force, he has no moral codes or restraints. There factually is no moral code today. The Christian one was nice. But if you read the Ten Commandments, they are designed for people several thousand years ago. There have not been any codes of morals based on common sense. They are handed down from heaven, even in China. The psychs use this to get an inside track. The U.S. government -- and possibly some others -- cannot finance religion, per the First Amendment. This means they cannot allow children to be taught morals, and cannot permit any power to churches. The psychs love that. They are anti-religious. They teach that one succumbs to temptation, that morals are inbred by paralleling the history of the race and when a child gets old enough his inbred nerves go moral. This is pure claptrap, but that happens to be their belief. This means that crime will worsen, the psychs will ride higher and higher. Philosophers (not religious ones) over the world in various times and places have noted these qualities of morality so don't HCOB 24.11.80 - 2 - get the idea this is all derived from China. Confucius, for instance, was mainly interested in reforming the government, not the individual. In all times and all places, the morals contained in this book have appeared amongst tribes and races. What they lacked -- in China, in the Near East, in Europe -- was some basic principle which made the picture clear. When I isolated the common denominator, the dynamic principle of existence, I had such a factor. I never before applied it to straightening out ideas on the subject of morality. But the precepts contained in this book are not just culled here and there and put together. I worked them out newly with due attention to what had gone on before in man's history. His moral codes are woefully inadequate to deal with modern life. This one will. There is another point. Nobody could ever possibly have kept any of the old moral codes. Old Mo-Tzu's code only lasted a few hundred years until people finally decided you couldn't keep it -- too severe -- and they even forgot it ever existed after about the 1st century B.C. and only found it again this century. There have been novels and plays about someone trying to live the life of Christ and the hero always winds up in a mess, the lesson being that His teachings couldn't be followed. The booklet, "The Way to Happiness," contains a non-religious moral code based on common sense. It may be the first such code. THE HAPPINESS RUNDOWN Essentially, what the booklet does is give people stable data which holds off confusions. For people will be found to be quite confused on this subject. This moral code is different in that it can be kept. It consists of 21 major rules or precepts and about 15 sub-rules making a total of about 36 in all. In number 20 there are about 20 additional items. In all, the rundown, then, would be handling about 56 separate concepts on the subject of morality, plus morality itself. There are probably around 10 steps for each concept: there are therefore over 500 questions or actions. This gives one some idea of the length of the rundown. The object of the rundown is to clear up any confusions on the subject of morals, any and all transgressions against these specific morals, to slide the person out of the valence of any immoral person and obtain an EP of realization/cognition that one really is on the Way to Happiness. Although the rundown is handling very hot charge, it runs very lightly and smoothly. As these precepts and booklet do contain, in fact, the major principles of morality as they apply to modern life and as it is a fact that tragedy and unhappiness occur when the points are violated, the rundown should steer the person in a direction where he is certain he can live a happier life. So the rundown should be quite successful. It is quite a tour de force, really, to assemble the essentials into a modern moral code. And because these are somewhat universal, they will be found to have a lot of charge on them as they were the points where one went off the rails. The rundown itself picks up specific confusions, transgressions and valence closures. It will probably get rid of HCOB 24.11.80 - 3 - a lot of shame, blame, regret. A person should feel pretty clean and sparky after it. The potential is there. The Happiness Rundown could keep a lot of Class IV orgs and missions going. Two rundowns -- the Purification Rundown and the Survival Rundown -- have been made available. Now here is another. People could have their grades before or after this. It has no engram running and could be run anywhere up the chart, even on Clears. The booklet itself will be running on through the society if well marketed. It should feed back pcs to the org even if the rundown is not religious. As I have said, a pastor can counsel anything. Good luck with this rundown. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Approved & Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:dm:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Approved & Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=23/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Confessional Form 8RA CASE SUPERVISOR CONFESSIONAL   Remimeo HCO Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo HCO Tech/Qual (Cancels & Replaces BTB 24 May 73RA Re-Rev. 10 March 77, Confessional Form 8R, CASE SUPERVISOR CONFESSIONAL which failed to give the correct reference on how to do a Confessional and omitted the end rudiments. Additional Confessional questions have also been added to the list to cover various aspects not previously taken into account.) Confessional Form 8RA CASE SUPERVISOR CONFESSIONAL Ref: HCOB 30 November 1978 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE Anyone doing a Confessional must have done or be on a Confessional course or internship. The procedure for doing a Confessional is contained in HCOB 30 November 1978, CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE. When applying Confessional tech correctly, you are helping the individual to face up to his responsibilities in his group and the society and putting him back into communication with his fellow man, his family, and the world at large. AUDITOR: ______________________________ PRECLEAR: ___________________________ ORG: __________________________________ DATE: _______________________________ 1. Have you ever evaluated the meaning of technical materials for an auditor? _______ 2. Have you ever told an auditor how he should audit? _______ 3. Have you ever pretended to quote HCOBs or PLs without showing the actual issue? _______ 4. Have you ever failed to refer an auditor to an HCOB, book or tape? _______ 5. Have you altered the content of an HCOB or PL in any way? _______ 6. Have you ever C/Sed for a process which you'd seen but was never published? _______ 7. Have you ever accepted Verbal Tech from anyone? _______ 8. Have you ever misused or altered tech? _______ 9. Have you given out instructions to an auditor that were contrary to HCOBs or PLs? _______ HCOB 23.11.80 - 2 - 10. Have you tolerated out-admin in pc folders? _______ 11. Have you ever OKed an auditor's C/S when you really couldn't tell what happened in the last session? _______ 12. Have you ever C/Sed a case when the folder summary was confusing or out of date? _______ 13. Have you ever gone on C/Sing a case when an FES should have been done? _______ 14. Have you ever failed to get familiar with a case before C/Sing it? _______ 15. Have you ever C/Sed a folder from just a glib study of the last session's admin? _______ 16. Have you ever given up trying to correct an auditor's handwriting? _______ 17. Have you ever C/Sed a case without Exam reports? _______ 18. Have you ever failed to see that pc programs were actually completed? _______ 19. Have you ever allowed a pc to be audited without the folder being C/Sed? _______ 20. Have you ever just patched up a pc and then dropped him? _______ 21. Have you permitted a frequent change of auditors on a case? _______ 22. Have you ever let red tags remain unhandled for more than 24 hours? _______ 23. Have you C/Sed a red-tagged session without first finding out what really went wrong? _______ 24. Have you ever C/Sed an ill pc without finding and handling the tech reason? _______ 25. Have you ever not handled mis-C/Sing or mis-auditing on a case? _______ 26. Have you ever neglected the cases of Execs? _______ 27. Have you ever let staff cases go unhandled? _______ 28. Have you ever failed to send an auditor to Cramming when you should have? _______ 29. As a C/S have you ever neglected to handle auditors you were C/Sing for, who had out-TRs or out-metering? _______ 30. Have you ever given a well done to an auditor when the session really wasn't? _______ 31. Have you not studied your C/S hat? _______ 32. Have you ever C/Sed while your High Crime checkouts were backlogged? _______ 33. Have you been spending C/Sing time doing something else? _______ HCOB 23.11.80 - 3 - 34. Have you ever backlogged or refused to do Cramming Orders that had been written on you? _______ 35. Have you ever failed to insist that auditors you were C/Sing for kept up their High Crime checkouts? _______ 36. Have you neglected to keep up inspections of the Tech and Qual lines per C/S Series 57? _______ 37. Have you ever pushed quality and neglected quantity? _______ 38. Have you ever pushed quantity and neglected quality? _______ 39. Is there any technical question you are afraid to ask for fear it would make you look incompetent or stupid? _______ 40. Have you ever C/Sed over tech misunderstoods? _______ 41. Have you ever failed to get good results on a case? _______ 42. Have you ever continued to C/S a case that baffled you without seeking help from a senior Tech terminal? _______ 43. Have you ever "gone on hoping" while C/Sing a case? _______ 44. Have you ever sent a pc to ethics when the real cause of the trouble was out tech? _______ 45. Have you ever Q'd and A'd with a pc when C/Sing? _______ 46. Have you ever Q'd and A'd with an auditor when C/Sing? _______ 47. As a C/S, have you ever failed to hold your position on something? _______ 48. Have you ever become involved 2D-wise with a pc you were C/Sing? _______ 49. Have you ever let a Senior Exec tell you how to program a pc? _______ 50. Have you ever let a Registrar tell you how to program a pc? _______ 51. Have you ever let personal opinion sway you in C/Sing a pc's case? _______ 52. Have you ever talked with a pc and then C/Sed his case from that talk? _______ 53. Have you ever agreed with an auditor that the pc was responsible for the session going wrong? _______ 54. Have you ever written a C/S based on some idea or opinion instead of following the C/S Series? _______ 55. Have you ever not written a Cramming Order when you should have? _______ HCOB 23.11.80 - 4 - 56. Have you ever failed to use ethics or justice on someone that was being harmful or destructive on Tech or Qual lines? _______ 57. Have you ever failed to use ethics on an auditor when it was needed? _______ 58. Have you ever not handled an examiner who falsely reported? _______ 59. Have you ever failed to use ethics on a pc when it was needed? _______ 60. Have you ever failed to take action when justice was misapplied on an auditor or other tech personnel? _______ 61. Have you accepted any illegal pc for processing? _______ 62. Have you ever incorrectly labelled a pc "illegal"? _______ 63. Have you ever used the Snr C/S to front for you? _______ 64. Have you ever covered up errors in your C/Sing? _______ 65. Have you ever blamed your errors on another C/S or auditor? _______ 66. Have you ever blamed a pc? _______ 67. Have you ever made a C/S wrong? _______ 68. Have you ever C/Sed badly? _______ 89. Do you have overts of omission on a Snr C/S? _______ 70. Do you have overts of commission on a Snr C/S? _______ 71. Do you have overts of omission on LRH? _______ 72. Do you have overts of commission on LRH? _______ 73. Have you ever not bothered to see that auditors were properly trained? _______ 74. As a C/S, have you ever neglected to ensure the auditors under you were in good case shape? _______ 75. Have you ever condoned or been involved in a TTC rip-off? _______ 76. Have you ever failed to help establish a TTC? _______ 77. Have you ever invalidated an auditor's intentions? _______ 78. Have you ever invalidated an auditor's future? _______ 79. Have you ever invalidated an auditor's potential? _______ HCOB 23.11.80 - 5 - 80. Have you ever invalidated or harassed an Auditor when no technical goof had occurred? _______ 81. Have you ever invalidated or harassed an auditor for doing a correct action? _______ 82. Have you failed to recognize and acknowledge a technically perfect session? _______ 83. Have you ever invalidated an auditor's willingness to audit? _______ 84. Have you ever failed to strengthen an auditor's willingness to audit? _______ 85. Have you ever let an auditor give up auditing and not do anything about it? _______ 86. Have you ever snooped through a pc folder for personal interests? _______ 87. Have you ever had a pc get extra exams just to get an F/N after session? _______ 88. Have you ever C/Sed while not having read the basic books or C/S Series? _______ 89. Have you ever run a process you weren't qualified to run? _______ 90. Have you ever C/Sed for an auditor to run a process that was above his training level? _______ 9i. Have you ever C/Sed solo folders without authority to do so? _______ 92. Have you ever delivered processes which were unauthorized for the org you were at? _______ 93. Have you ever done illegal solo sessions on yourself? _______ 94. Have you ever read your own case folder? _______ 95. Have you ever C/Sed your own case? _______ 96. Have you ever guessed at or falsely reported the F/N VGI percentage? _______ 97. Have you ever C/Sed for an action and then after the folder was sent to the auditor had doubts if it was the correct action? _______ 98. Have you ever sent a pc to declare when you knew or had doubts if he'd made it? _______ 99. Have you ever C/Sed a pc for higher Grades hoping that would handle the pc? _______ 100. Have you ever C/Sed a pc to attest to a Grade without evidence of the full Ability Gained having been achieved? _______ 101. Have you ever C/Sed for a multiple declare? _______ 102. Have you ever C/Sed a pc to declare or attest to states being asserted just to avoid upsetting the pc? _______ HCOB 23.11.80 - 6 - 103. Have you C/Sed a pc to attest to processes or a Grade run in a former life although the pc could not recall the processes and no release point could be found? _______ 104. Have you ever let a pc attest to Clear when he hadn't made it? _______ 105. Have you ever written a C/S to "2wc a process to EP"? _______ 106. Have you ever let an auditor get an F/N by 2wc or discussion of a level or process and call that the EP? _______ 107. Have you ever C/Sed a pc to declare or attest to states being asserted because you didn't know what else to do? _______ 108. Have you ever C/Sed a pc to attest to states being asserted because you felt you had to "validate the pc"? _______ 109. As a pc, have you falsely attested to Grades, Levels or states? _______ 110. Have you ever over-estimated a pc's true case level? _______ 111. Have you ever under-estimated a pc's true case level? _______ 112. Have you ever failed to see that a pc fully understood the auditing procedure? _______ 113. Have you ever C/Sed for major actions to repair a case? _______ 114. Have you ever illegally audited pcs outside an org? _______ 115. Have you ever illegally C/Sed case folders outside an org? _______ 116. Have you ever broken your contract with an org? _______ 117. Have you ever disclosed Class VIII Course data? _______ 118. Have you ever disclosed data from a confidential process? _______ 119. Have you ever been insecure with confidential materials? _______ 120. Have you ever zeroxed or copied confidential materials? _______ 121. Have you ever refused to C/S a case? _______ 122. Have you ever refused to C/S for an auditor? _______ 123. Have you ever refused to C/S for an org? _______ 124. Have you ever threatened to quit your post as C/S? _______ 125. Have you ever considered giving up C/Sing? _______ HCOB 23.11.80 - 7 - 126. Have you ever left a Tech post to escape from something? _______ 127. Have you ever considered leaving a Tech post to escape from something? _______ 128. Have you ever advised someone against getting auditing at some org? _______ 129. As a C/S, have you ever falsely or inaccurately represented anything? _______ 130. Regarding your C/Sing is there anything which shouldn't be known? _______ 131. Is there anything about the auditors you C/S for which should not be known? _______ 132. Is there anything about the tech delivery at an org or mission where you've C/Sed which shouldn't be known? _______ 133. Have you committed a tech overt not covered in these questions? _______ 134. Is there any question about your C/Sing which you would hate to be asked? _______ 185. Do you still have attention on one of these questions? _______ 136. Is there another question I should have asked you? _______ 137. In this Confessional, have you told a half-truth? _______ 138. In this Confessional, have you told an untruth? _______ 139. In this Confessional, has a withhold been missed? _______ 140. In this Confessional, have you told all? _______ Give the pc the proclamation of Forgiveness: BY THE POWER INVESTED IN ME, ANY OVERTS AND WITHHOLDS YOU HAVE FULLY AND TRUTHFULLY TOLD ME ARE FORGIVEN BY SCIENTOLOGISTS. On any adverse reaction to the Proclamation of Forgiveness, get the rest of the withhold or repair the withhold session. (Ref: HCOB 10 Nov 78R-1, PROCLAMATION: POWER TO FORGIVE ADDITION.) (Note: If this is being done as an HCO Confessional, the Proclamation of Forgiveness is omitted.) L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision BDCS:LRH:KM:nc Approved & accepted by the Copyright $c 1980 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS by L. Ron Hubbard of the ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS   Type = 11 iDate=18/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST WORD LIST   Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE II C/Ses Auditors (Cancels BTB 1 Dec 74 Iss V CLEARING LIST WORDS IN Tech/Qual SCIENTOLOGY -- CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST as this BTB no longer corresponds with the latest Case Supervisor Correction List, HCOB 12 Oct 80. Further this BTB did not give the references to be high crimed before clearing words on a pc and did not give the type of word clearing to be used.) CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST WORD LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I W/C Series 53R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I W/C Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I W/C Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 12 Oct 1980 CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST. These words should be cleared on the pc before the CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST is actually assessed Per HCOB 9 Aug 78 Issue II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM THE CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST A, about, alcohol, actions, admin, afraid, an, and, any, ARC Break, are, as, auditor, auditors. Been, booted, by. Case, certain, chits, completions, compliance, condition, couldn't, courses, covered, cramming, C/S, C/Ses, C/Sing. Data, desperate, Dianetics, disagreements, do, doesn't, D of P, dog cases, don't, drugs. HCOB 18.11.80 II - 2 - Earlier, eating, else, encountered, enough, environment, ethics, evaluation, exam, exec, execs. Failed, failing, false, faulty, flubby, for, from. Get, getting, got. Has, have, help, hidden, hopeful. Ill, illegible, in, inadequate, instructions, interruptions, invalidation, is, it. Know. Like, line, lines, losses. Materials, medicine, missed, missing, misunderstood, moonlighting. No, not. Of, off, off-line, on, or, orders, others, out, out-admin, out-ethics, out-int, out-2D, overloaded, overrepairing, overts, overwhelmed. Paid, pc, pcs, permitting, physically, post, practice, pretending, prevented, problem, problems, programs, PTS. Q and A. Red tags, registrars, reports, restim, rushed. Scientology, seeking, similar, situations, sleep, solve, some, someone, something, sort, status, study, subject. Taking, tech, Tech Services, the, there, through, time, to, told, training, trouble. Unhandled, upset. Was, were, weren't, what, when, why, with, withhold, withholding, withholds, words, work, worksheets, write, writing, wrong. You, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:MIR:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=18/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST WORD LIST   Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE I C/Ses Auditors (Cancels BTB 1 Dec 74 Iss IV CLEARING LIST WORDS Tech/Qual IN SCIENTOLOGY -- AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST -- STUDY CORRECTION LIST 3 which omitted giving the references to be high crimed before clearing words on a pc and the method of word clearing to be used. This word list has also been revised to include the additional words from HCOB 27 Mar 72RB III Re-rev. 9.11.80 Study Correction List 3RB, AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST -- AUDITOR RECOVERY.) AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST WORD LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I W/C Series 53R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I W/C Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I W/C Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 27 March 72RB AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST. These words should be cleared on the pc before the AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST is actually assessed Per HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the Pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM THE AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST A, about, afraid, all, an, and, answered, any, ARC Break, as, assessment, assessment TRs, audit, audited, auditing, auditor, auditor's, avoiding. Bad, be, been, bonuses, breaking. Call, called, can't, case, cases, chair, circumstances, code, coffee shop auditing, collected, commands, condition, confidential, couldn't, courses, cramming, C/S, C/Sing. HCOB 18.11.80 I - 2 - Desperate, Dianetics, didn't, disagreements, discussing, disinterested, doesn't, D of P, dog cases, down, drilling. Earlier, else, E-meter, enough, environment, ethics, evaluation, exec, eyesight. Failed, failures, false, falsely, falsified, favors, FES, flubbed, F/N, F/Ned, folder, for, forced, from. Gave, get, getting, given, got. Had, has, have, help. In, inadequate, in session, invalidated, invalidation, in your road, it. Level, list, L & N, losses, lower. Master, meter, missed, misunderstood, moonlighting. NCG, never, no, nobody, non-standard, not. Of, off, on, one, org, out-ethics, outside, out-2D, over, overt, overts, own. Paid, passed, pc, pc's, pcs, pcs', place, practice, prevented, problem, problems, process, processes, program, PTS. Question. Rabbited, read, reads, restim, retrain, retrained, R/S, run, rushed. Said, Scientology, seeking, senior (adj.), should, similar, solutions, solve, some, someone, something, sort, special, squirreling, starrate, status, studying, subject, sure. TA, taken, tech, technical, Tech Sec, Tech Services, tell, terms, the, there, through, time, to, told, training, tried, trouble, TRs, TR 0, TR 1, TR 2, TR 2 1/2, TR 3, TR 4. Under, understand, understanding, unsessionable, unusual, upset, using. Want, warranted, was, wasn't, were, weren't, W/H, W/Hs, when, why, with, without, words, work, worried, write, wrong, W/S. You, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SK:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=12/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Confessional Form 6RA REGISTRAR AND SALES PERSONNEL CONFESSIONAL LIST   Remimeo HCO Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE II HCO Tech/Qual (CANCELS & REPLACES BTB 23 Feb 73RA Rev. 10 Mar 77 Confessional Form 6R REGISTRAR AND SALES PERSONNEL LIST which omitted the and rudiments. Additionally the wording of the questions has been improved and further questions have been added to cover aspects not previously taken into account.) Confessional Form 6RA REGISTRAR AND SALES PERSONNEL CONFESSIONAL LIST REF: HCOB 30 November 1978 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE This is a Confessional for use in cleaning up overts and withholds on Registrars and Sales personnel. Anyone doing a Confessional must be on or have completed a Confessional course or internship. The procedure for doing a Confessional is contained in HCOB 30 November 1978 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE. When applying Confessional tech correctly, you are helping the individual to face up to his responsibilities in his group and the society and putting him back into communication with his fellow man, his family, and the world at large. AUDITOR: ______________________________ PRECLEAR: ____________________________ ORG: __________________________________ DATE: ________________________________ 1. Have you ever stolen money? _______ 2. Have you ever sold anything that belonged to someone else? _______ 3. Have you ever forced another into buying something he didn't want? _______ 4. Have you ever used threats as a means of obtaining money? _______ 5. Have you ever bribed someone to obtain money? _______ 6. Have you ever accepted a bribe? _______ 7. Have you ever blackmailed anybody? _______ 8. Have you ever forged a signature, check or document? _______ 9. Have you ever had another write a check for money he didn't have? _______ 10. Have you ever falsely presented a service or product in order to make a sale? _______ HCOB 12.11.80 II - 2 - 11. Have you ever lied in order to close a sale? _______ 12. Have you ever promised special favors to a prospect to get a sale? _______ 13. Have you ever gone out 2D to get a sale? _______ 14. Have you ever made a sale that was not in the best interest of the prospect? _______ 15. Have you ever sought out wealthy public and sold them services they did not necessarily need or regged them for "donations" which were not really for any org service? _______ 16. Have you persuaded a prospect to pay for services with money which did not belong to him thereby creating a PTS A situation for the prospect? _______ 17. Have you persuaded or encouraged a prospect to borrow money under false pretenses? _______ 18. Have you ever argued with a prospect? _______ 19. Have you ever made a prospect wrong? _______ 20. Have you ever ARC Broken a prospect? _______ 21. Have you ever given a prospect misunderstood words or terms? _______ 22. Have you ever failed to repair an upset with a prospect? _______ 23. Did you ever fail to see that a prospect actually received what you sold him? _______ 24. Have you ever been negligent in closing a sale? _______ 25. Have you ever failed to close an important sale? _______ 26. As a Reg have you ever failed to take an opportunity to disseminate Scientology? _______ 27. Have you ever hindered a person's progress through Scientology? _______ 28. Have you ever counted money on one week's GI that was not really received until a later week? _______ 29. Have you ever refused to help another Reg close a sale? _______ 30. Have you ever made false bonus claims? _______ 31. Have you ever accepted a bonus you didn't earn? _______ 32. Have you collected commissions or bonuses on reg cycles where checks bounced or pcs turned out to be illegal, and kept the commissions/bonuses anyway? _______ 33. Do you still intend not to repay the org for any bonuses/commissions you have falsely claimed? _______ 34. Have you ever reported false stats? _______ HCOB 12.11.80 II - 3 - 35. Have you charged more than the correct price? _______ 36. Have you charged less than the correct price or fee? _______ 37. Have you ever undercut another org's prices? _______ 38. Have you ever misused special package deals authorized by Flag? _______ 39. Have you ever tried to obtain sales by criticizing another org or mission? _______ 40. As a Reg, have you ever ripped off mission public or public from a lower org? _______ 41. Have you ever made loans or transfers on behalf of another without that person's prior knowledge and permission? _______ 42. Have you ever debited someone's account without that person's prior knowledge and permission? _______ 43. Have you ever received commissions or bonuses from illegally debiting someone's account? _______ 44. Have you counted public transferring from another org as a Paid Start before ensuring the transfer was valid? _______ 45. Have you promoted a transfer to help make a sale? _______ 46. Have you ever taken another person's sale? _______ 47. Have you ever failed to invoice monies received for services? _______ 48. Have you ever encouraged or aided a prospect in false reporting to a bank or other loan agency to obtain a loan? _______ 49. Have you ever given a Professional discount to an auditor whose cert was not valid and in full force? _______ 50. Have you gone mutual out-ruds with the public about prices? _______ 51. Have you sold courses to public that they do not intend to take just so they could receive auditing at a discounted price? _______ 52. Have you ever committed the org to deliver free or cut-rate services? _______ 53. Have you ever promised something you were uncertain the org could deliver, just to get a sale? _______ 54. Have you ever made unauthorized deals to get the GI up? _______ 55. Have you ever promised a return of fees in order to obtain a sale? _______ 56. Have you ever accepted a check that you knew wasn't good? _______ HCOB 12.11.80 II - 4 - 57. Have you ever invoiced money or checks which were not good at the time of invoicing? _______ 58. Have you ever permitted checks that weren't good to be counted on the org's income? _______ 59. As a Reg have you concentrated on selling books in order to get book bonuses, while neglecting to sell major services? _______ 60. Have you neglected people you thought didn't have much money? _______ 61. Do you reg for "this week's GI" only? _______ 62. Have you knowingly taken money for something that could not be delivered? _______ 63. Have you ever made special arrangements which later caused an upset for the prospect or org? _______ 64. Have you ever committed the HGC to servicing a pc without first getting a Tech Estimate and D of P OK? _______ 65. Have you ever knowingly regged an illegal pc for auditing? _______ 66. Have you ever tried to persuade technical staff or org execs to accept an illegal pc onto auditing lines? _______ 67. Have you ever invalidated Scientology services to the public? _______ 68. Have you ever taken another Reg's prospects? _______ 69. Have you ever made another org or Registrar wrong in order to obtain a sale? _______ 70. Have you ever held onto another org's income? _______ 71. Have you ever counted money paid for transfer to another org as your org's income? _______ 72. Have you ever held onto another org's customer? _______ 73. Have you ever neglected to keep complete Registrar and sales records? _______ 74. Have you relied on gimmicks, new services or special offers to make GI rather than knowing and fully using standard Reg tech? _______ 75. Have you ever failed to keep yourself informed of what the org can deliver? _______ 76. Have you ever failed to keep yourself informed of the results being obtained in Tech? _______ 77. Have you failed to clean up your own misunderstoods on org services? _______ 78. Have you ever failed to get yourself adequately briefed on new services you were supposed to sell or packages you were supposed to use? _______ HCOB 12.11.80 II - 5 - 79. Have you ever failed to do Reg drills when needed? _______ 80. As a Reg have you ever avoided or refused correction? _______ 81. Have you ever criticized the org or org executives to the public? _______ 82. Have you done other things when you were supposed to be selling? _______ 83. Have you only pretended to know your product? _______ 84. Have you ever tried to make an org become insolvent? _______ 85. Have you ever tried to handle a senior by keeping sales low? _______ 86. Have you done anything to undermine the reputation of another? _______ 87. Have you ever harmed Dianetics or Scientology? _______ 88. Have you been secretly selling for another org? _______ 89. Have ever used a sales position to build up a private practice? _______ 90. Was it ever an overt to sell? _______ 91. Have you committed any overts against L. Ron Hubbard? _______ 92. Have you extravagantly spent org funds in order to close a sale? _______ 93. Have you misused org funds? _______ 94. Have you ever used the org's phones for personal calls? _______ 95. Have you ever broken an appointment? _______ 96. Do you have overts against a certain type of prospect? _______ 97. Have you done anything that a prospect shouldn't find out about? _______ 98. Do you have any overts against money? _______ 99. Do you have any overts against training? _______ 100. Do you have any overts against processing? _______ 101. Do you have any overts against Scientology? _______ 102. In this Confessional, have you told any half-truths? _______ 103. In this Confessional, have you told an untruth? _______ 104. In this Confessional, has a withhold been missed? _______ 105. In this Confessional, have you told all? _______ HCOB 12.11.80 II - 6 - Give the pc the Proclamation of Forgiveness: BY THE POWER INVESTED IN ME, ANY OVERTS AND WITHHOLDS YOU HAVE FULLY AND TRUTHFULLY TOLD ME ARE FORGIVEN BY SCIENTOLOGISTS. On any adverse reaction to the proclamation of Forgiveness, get the rest of the withhold or repair the withhold session. (Ref: HCO PL 10 November 1978R-1 PROCLAMATION: POWER TO FORGIVE ADDITION.) (NOTE: If this is being done as an HCO Confessional the Proclamation of Forgiveness is omitted.) L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Susan Krieger Mission Issues Revision I/C Accepted & approved by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SK:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Susan Krieger Mission Issues Revision I/C Accepted & approved by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=12/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST   Remimeo Auditors C/Ses Tech/Qual Qual Sec  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE I Auditors C/Ses Tech/Qual Qual Sec (Cancels BTB 27 March 72RA Issue IV Revised 14 Jan 75, CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST which incorrectly added Debug end Confessional questions to a case handling list.) CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST This list is designed to clean up any BPC a C/S may have on his post. It does not replace the Debug Checklist or C/S Confessional but has its own purpose as stated above. The list can be assessed Method 3 or Method 5. A second bracket in the handling shows the further actions to be done after the list has been F/Ned on all reading items. This Correction List can be followed up by other auditing/ Debug actions as adjudicated by the C/S or Cramming Officer to fully handle areas a C/S (as a pc or as a C/S) is having difficulty with as disclosed by the assessment of this list. NAME: _________________________________ DATE: ________________________________ AUDITOR: ______________________________ POST: ________________________________ 1. OUT INT? _______ (Check to make sure the read on Int is a valid read and not a protest or false read. If it is a valid read, end off for C/S Instructions.) 2. WRONG WHY? _______ (L4BRA and handle.) 3. WRONG ETHICS CONDITION? _______ (L4BRA and handle.) 4. TOLD YOU WERE PTS WHEN YOU WEREN'T? _______ (L4BRA and handle.) 5. AS A C/S IS THERE AN ARC BREAK? _______ (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.) 6. UPSET WITH A PC? _______ (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.) 7. UPSET WITH AN AUDITOR? _______ (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.) 8. UPSET WITH AN EXEC? _______ (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.) 9. AS A C/S DO YOU HAVE A PROBLEM? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) HCOB 12.11.80 I - 2 - 10. PROBLEMS WITH PCS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Do the 2WCs in HCOB 15 July 71, C/S Series 50.) 11. PROBLEMS WITH AUDITORS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Do the 2WCs in HCOB 15 July 71, C/S Series 50.) 12. AS A C/S HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED? _______ (Pull it, E/S to F/N.) 13. WITHHOLDS ABOUT PCS? _______ (Pull them E/S to F/N.) 14. WITHHOLDS ABOUT AUDITORS? _______ (Pull them E/S to F/N.) 15. OVERTS ON PCS? _______ (Pull them E/S to F/N.) 16. OVERTS ON AUDITORS? _______ (Pull them E/S to F/N.) 17. PTS TO SOMEONE IN THE ENVIRONMENT? _______ (2WC to F/N.) (C/S to program as needed for further PTS handling.) 18. WERE THERE NO EXAM REPORTS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N. If discreditable handle as a W/H.) 19. UNHANDLED RED TAGS? _______ (Handle as a W/H E/S to F/N.) 20. FALSE COMPLETIONS? _______ (Handle as a W/H E/S to F/N.) 21. ARE YOU ON DRUGS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (L3RG on the Drug RD if he had one/Drug RD Repair List. No R3RA is to be done on Clears or OTs.) (Pgm for full Drug Handling, including Purif RD and Survival RD.) 22. ARE YOU ON MEDICINE? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (L3RG on his Drug RD if he had one/Drug RD Repair List. No R3RA is to be done on Clears or OTs.) (Pgm for full Drug Handling, including Purif RD and Survival RD.) 23. ARE YOU ON ALCOHOL? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (L3RG on the Drug RD if he had one/Drug RD Repair List. No R3RA is to be done on Clears or OTs.) (Pgm for full Drug Handling, including Purif RD and Survival RD.) 24. ADMIN LINES OUT? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 25. TROUBLE WITH TECH SERVICES? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 26. OVERLOADED? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 27. OVERWHELMED? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) HCOB 12.11.80 I - 3 - 28. NO HELP FROM A D OF P? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 29. ILLEGIBLE WORKSHEETS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 30. PERMITTING OFF LINE CASE ACTIONS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 31. WRONG C/Ses? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 32. FAULTY PROGRAMS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 33. OUT ADMIN? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 34. MISSING DATA? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 35. WITHHOLDING DATA? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for Vital Info RD.) 36. LOSSES ON PCS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 37. BOOTED OFF POST? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 38. LOSSES ON AUDITORS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 39. C/S Q AND A? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 40. TROUBLE WITH WRITING PROGRAMS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 41. OVER-REPAIRING PCS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 42. TROUBLE GETTING COMPLIANCE? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 43. SOME SORT OF OUT-ETHICS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 44. FLUBBY AUDITORS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 45. COULDN'T HELP A PC? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (3 Way Help/3 Way Failed Help. Each of the six legs to EP: Who have you failed to help? Who has failed to help you? Who has failed to help another? Who have you helped? Who has helped you? Who has helped another?) 46. AN EARLIER TIME YOU FAILED TO HELP? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (3 Way Help/3 Way Failed Help.) HCOB 12.11.80 I - 4 - 47. COULDN'T SOLVE IT? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 48. TROUBLE WITH STUDY? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 49. MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS IN DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY? _______ (Find and clear them each to F/N. WCCL if needed.) (Pgm for Method 1.) 50. AN EARLIER SIMILAR SUBJECT TO DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY WAS MISUNDERSTOOD? _______ (Get the earlier subject and clear the misunderstood words to F/N. WCCL if necessary.) (Pgm for Method 1.) 51. PERMITTING REGISTRARS TO C/S? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 52. YOUR TRAINING WAS INADEQUATE? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 53. YOU RUSHED THROUGH COURSES? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Student Rehab List.) 54. SEEKING STATUS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 55. PRETENDING TO KNOW? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Pgm to handle as per Exp GF 40.) 56. DISAGREEMENTS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 57. HIDDEN DATA LINE? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 58. EARLIER PRACTICE? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for Exp GF 40.) 59. OUT 2D? _______ (Handle as a W/H E/S to F/N.) 60. EVALUATION? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N -- Triple/Quad.) 61. INVALIDATION? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N -- Triple/Quad.) 62. HOPEFUL C/SING? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 63. AFRAID TO C/S? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 64. DON'T KNOW WHAT TO DO? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 65. TAKING INSTRUCTIONS FROM EXECS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 66. COULDN'T GET PAID? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 67. PREVENTED FROM C/SING? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) HCOB 12.11.80 I - 5 - 68. INTERRUPTIONS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 69. DOG CASES? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (C/S Series 80 Handling and C/S Confessional.) 70. GOT DESPERATE? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 71. MOONLIGHTING? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 72. DON'T LIKE CERTAIN AUDITORS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (C/S Confessional.) 73. DON'T LIKE CERTAIN PCS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (C/S Confessional.) 74. NOT GETTING ANY CRAMMING? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Cramming Repair List if needed.) 75. CRAMMING DOESN'T WORK? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Cramming Repair List.) 76. MISSING WITHHOLDS ON OTHERS BY FAILING TO WRITE CRAMMING ORDERS OR ETHICS CHITS? _______ (2WC to F/N or E/S to F/N.) 77. ENCOUNTERED SITUATIONS NOT COVERED IN THE MATERIALS? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 78. TECH DOESN'T WORK FOR YOU? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 79. TECH DOESN'T WORK ON YOU? _______ (C/S 53RL to F/Ning.) (GF M5 and handle.) SO. NOT GETTING ENOUGH SLEEP? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 81. NOT EATING? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) 82. PHYSICALLY ILL? _______ (2WC E/S to F/N.) (Assist pgm including Medical Treatment as needed.) 83. RESTIM? _______ (C/S 53RL to F/Ning.) 84. TROUBLE WITH YOUR CASE? _______ (C/S 53RL to F/Ning.) 85. SOMETHING ELSE WRONG? _______ (2WC what and if no joy GF M5 and handle.) L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision BDCS:LRH:SK:nc Approved & accepted by the Copyright $c 1980 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS by L. Ron Hubbard of the ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=8/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  C/S SERIES 53 RL LONG FORM WORD LIST   Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 8 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo C/Ses (CANCELS BTB 9 Apr 72RA Iss VII CLEARING LIST WORDS Auditors IN SCIENTOLOGY -- C/S SERIES 53 RI which was an Tech/Qual incomplete word list for the longer C/S 53 RL.) C/S SERIES 53 RL LONG FORM WORD LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH HCOB 8 Jul 74R I CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I W/C Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 24 Nov 73RE C/S Series 53RL LONG FORM. These words should be cleared on the pc before the list is actually assessed on him per HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS. An auditor must have received high crime checkouts himself from Qual on the above references before clearing these words in session on the pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing while clearing these words. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM C/S SERIES 53RL LONG FORM A, action, actions, alcohol, all, an, another, any, anything, ARC Break, are, at, attacked, audited, auditing, auditor. Bad, been, being, between, black, by. Can, cans, can't, committed, couldn't, cream. Date, deadness, Dianetic Clear, did, didn't, do, doing, done, don't, drugs, drunk, dry. Else, engram, engrams, errors, evaluation, exam, exams, examiner, experienced. False, faulty, feel, felt, F/Ns, for, forced, found. Get, given, giving, go, going, gone, grip. Had, hands, has, have, havingness, hear, high. HCOB 8.11.80 - 2 - Ill, in, incidents, incomplete, indication, interiorized, interrupted, into, invalidation, invisible, involved, is, isn't, it, item, items. Keeps, kept, kicked. Like, list, location, long, look, loosen, loss, lost, low, LSD. Medicine, meter, mind, missed, misunderstood, misunderstoods, more. Not, nothing. Of, off, on, once, other, out, out-rudiments, over, overlisted, over-repaired, overrun, overts, overwhelming. Past, physically, point, pot, practice, problem, protesting, PTS, pulled, put, puzzled. Read, reads, really, release, repairing, reports, restimulation, run, rushed. Sad, said, same, shying, see, session, sessions, sized, smoked, some, someone, something, sort, spaces, stops, study, suppressed. TA, taken, than, that, the, there, thing, tired, to, too, trapped, twice. Unconsciousness, understand, upset, used, using. Want, wait, was, we, well, went, wet, what, when, why, with, withhold, withholding, word, word clearing, wrong. You, your, you're. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:MIR:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=5/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ARBITRARIES   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 5 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE II (Originally LRH OODs item of 16 April 1970. Also issued as an HCO PL, same date, same title.) ARBITRARIES An arbitrary is a false order or datum entered into a situation or group. It is 3rd dynamic aberration. An arbitrary is something entered without reason. For the tech on this I refer you to "Dianetics, Evolution of a Science". It is a fascinating subject, arbitraries. I found one time that people hadn't read Problems of Work where confusion and the stable datum is first covered. When I got that text across, then why we had stable terminals become very plain. Stable data is the other side of the coin. An arbitrary could be said to be a false stable datum. Now if we can get arbitraries understood we will make some progress. Whenever we as an organization violate the basic philosophy of Dianetics and Scientology we get into muddy water. The whole trouble for instance with C/Sing is that the theory of the mind is not learned, only the mechanical processes. When one doesn't know the basic put-together of the mind but only knows processes, one never learns WHY the processes are used or when to use them. So one can be an auditor but can fail as a C/S if he doesn't know WHY and therefore WHEN to use a process. A C/S should be an expert on the Original Thesis and the first few chapters of the DMSMH and on 8-80 and 8-8008. I'll bet those studying C/Sing right now are still puzzling over processes! Know your basics. They're in our very oldest books. All advances have been in how to handle basics better. Applies to pcs and to organizations alike. Know WHY and you can tell WHEN. If you knew the most basic data given in Dianetics and Scientology books, and if you knew Scientology HCO Bulletins and policy Letters and Sea Org Flag Orders, you would never need an order at all. You would know the true intention and could work it all out. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionaire Accepted by the BDCSC:LRH:SA:nc BOARD OF DIRECTORS Copyright $c 1970, 1980 of the by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED OF CALIFORNIA  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionaire Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=4/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=4 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  TEMPERATURES   Remimeo MO Hat  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE IV MO Hat (Originally LRH OODs item of 27 January 1972.) (Note: This data is given for information alone and is not intended to prescribe or otherwise treat an individual. All prescriptions and treatments should be done in due accordance with the medical laws of any country in which a person seeks treatment.) TEMPERATURES Many persons run a daily temperature. The cycle of temperature is different from one person to the next. In the morning the temperature is usually sub-normal (below 98.6 Deg F or 37 Deg C). In the late afternoon there is sometimes a small rise above normal. This does not necessarily mean the person is ill. When a person has been sick and is running a "low order fever" in late afternoons he should be up and around and should be down a little while if he feels too tired and then get up again. Continuous lying in bed because of a "low order temperature" will weaken a person. Low order temperature means one of a few tenths occurring once a day. All people have low and then higher temperature cycles. It does not mean that a person is ill. The AMA, since it makes its bucks out of temperatures doesn't bother to mention this in its medical literature and texts. Silly Optimist: A person who expects to feel well all the time while running a meat body. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionaire Approved & accepted by the BDCS:LRH:SA:nc Copyright $c 1972, 1980 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS by L. Ron Hubbard of the ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionaire Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=4/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=3 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  VITAMIN C   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE III (Originally LRH OODs item of 27 October 1971.) (Note: This data is given for information alone and is not intended to prescribe or otherwise treat an individual. All prescriptions and treatments should be done in accordance with the medical laws of any country in which a person seeks treatment.) VITAMIN C There are Vitamin C tablets that don't upset the stomach. 500 mg VITASCORBOL (French) can be taken in any quantity. They taste like circus lemonade if you care to suck them or chew them up. No stomach recoil. Don't lay off Vitamin C. This is the only vitamin the body doesn't make so far as is known. It prevents scurvy. If you feel you want something to drink or eat and you don't know what it is -- it's Vitamin C. Take some and the odd craving goes away. C can be taken up to thousands of mgs. It helps cure colds and a long list of things including fever, recovering from illness and fatigue. When vitamins don't work, there's an aberration in the way of it. Same is true of any medicine or hormone. Mind monitors structure. That couldn't be discovered until someone knew how to handle the mind! Namely us. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionaire Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SA:nc Copyright $c 1971, i980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionaire Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=4/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  VITAMINS   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE II (Originally LRH OODs item of 24 October 1971.) (Note: This data is given for information alone and is not intended to prescribe or otherwise treat an individual. All prescriptions and treatments should be done in due accordance with the medical laws of any country in which a person seeks treatment.) VITAMINS I have found some crew members are having stomach trouble. Do not take vitamins in transparent gelatine capsules. The capsule melts in the upper stomach and can give you what feels like a stomach ulcer -- too full, burning, pain after eating. This is because the vitamin powder is dumped by the capsule when it melts into the upper area instead of the lower intestine as it should be. A coated tablet is the answer. It's called "enteric (for intestine) coated". There are "enteric gelatine capsules" made which dissolve an hour after being taken. You put vitamin powder in them. To handle the "ulcer feeling" -- pain or too full or burning -- one takes 2 aluminum hydroxide tablets (one trade name is Maalox No. 2) (chewing them up) and a few swallows or a glass of milk every couple hours and in a day or two all should be back to normal -- unless or course you continue to take harsh, fast dissolving pills! L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionnaire Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SA:nc Copyright $c 1971, 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionnaire Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=4/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Confessional Form 10RA PRD CONFESSIONAL LIST   Remimeo HCO Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 4 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE I HCO Tech/Qual (CANCELS & REPLACES BTB 24 Oct 73RA Re-rev. 10 Mar 77 Confessional Form 10R PRD CONFESSIONAL LIST which omitted the End Rudiments.) Confessional Form 10RA PRD CONFESSIONAL LIST REF: HCOB 20 November 197S CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE Anyone doing a Confessional must be on or have done a Confessional course or internship. The procedure for doing a Confessional is contained in HCOB 30 November 1978 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE. When applying Confessional tech correctly, you are helping the individual to face up to his responsibilities in his group and the society and putting him back into communication with his fellow man, his family, and the world at large. This Confessional List is for use on persons who have attested to the PRD but continue to have study difficulties or don't attend study or don't apply Study Tech. It can also be used on students having difficulty while on the PRD but does not replace the use of Word Clearing Correction Lists, Study Correction Lists, PCRD or any aspect of standard Supervision. AUDITOR: ______________________________ PRECLEAR: ____________________________ ORG: __________________________________ DATE: ________________________________ 1. Have you failed to use Study Tech? _______ 2. Did you have some other purpose for doing the PRD? _______ 3. Did you take the PRD for status only? _______ 4. Have you tried to be better than or beat someone else on course? _______ 5. Have you quickied the PRD? _______ 6. Did you fail to clear every definition in each word on the word lists? _______ 7. Did you fail to use all the meanings in sentences until you had a conceptual understanding of each definition? _______ 8. Did you skip clearing the derivations or idioms or any needed technical terms? _______ 9. Did you try to rush through the PRD? _______ 10. Did you use a dinky dictionary? _______ HCOB 4.11.80 I - 2 - 11. Have you gone by an area of study you knew you had confusions on and didn't clear it up? _______ 12. Have you failed to use Study Tech since the PRD? _______ 13. Have you ever alter-ised or misadvised others on the use of Study Tech? _______ 14. Have you ever drifted off while listening to a tape? _______ 15. Have you failed to use a demo kit when you needed to? _______ 16. Have you given a non-standard checkout? _______ 17. Have you given another student a false pass? _______ 18. Have you cheated on the PRD exam? _______ 19. Have you discussed the PRD exam with anyone outside the Qual Div? _______ 20. Were you studying over withholds? _______ 21. Is there anything about the PRD which you don't like and think should be changed? _______ 22. Have you attested to the PRD without having fully achieved the end product of Super-Literacy? _______ 23. Have you attested to Super-Literacy without having fully done the PRD Checksheet? _______ 24. Did you withhold any subjects from your auditor on Method 1 word clearing? _______ 25. During Method 1, did you fail to fully clear a misunderstood word? _______ 26. Were you just pushed for student points by the Supervisor? (If so, ask: Who exactly have you made guilty of this?) _______ 27. Were you less than 100% honest about your studies while on the PRD? (If so, ask: What was the nature of your dishonesty?) _______ 28. Did you skip words on the word lists? _______ 29. Did you brush off any words or definitions of words as "unimportant" and therefore not fully clear each word? _______ 30. Did you attest to the PRD when you knew you had uncertainties on the materials? _______ 31. Have you ever allowed yourself to be rushed through your materials so you could be counted as a stat? (If so, ask: Who exactly have you made guilty of this?) _______ 32. Is there anything about the PRD, or the Academy, or Scientology, that you are making allowances for? _______ 33. Have you secretly violated any course rule or regulation? _______ HCOB 4.11.80 I - 3 - 34. Have you been thinking unkind or critical thoughts about L. Ron Hubbard? Your Supervisor? Other students? Staff members? _______ 35. Have you criticised the PRD, your Supervisors, or the D of T to others? _______ 36. Have you ever falsely signed off items on a checksheet? _______ 37. Have you incorrectly word cleared another student? _______ 38. Have you pretended not to be bogged on study when you really were? _______ 39. Have you ever felt that you were given an incorrect target on course? (If so, ask: Who exactly have you made guilty of this?) _______ 40. Have you ever bluffed your way through a checkout? _______ 41. Have you accepted a non-standard checkout so you could get on with it? _______ 42. Have you done anything outside of course hours which you shouldn't have? _______ 43. Have you withheld asking a question because you were afraid it would sound stupid? _______ 44. Have you been keeping other students from doing their work? _______ 45. Are you upset by my questions? _______ 46. Have you been such a problem to your Supervisor that you've been robbing other students of their fair share of the Supervisor's time?_______ 47. Is there anyone to whom you make a regular practice of discrediting Scientology, its organizations or its personnel? _______ 48. Have you ever used a demo kit to keep the Supervisor off your back? _______ 49. Have you ever, while on course, felt that you would not achieve your goals, by reason of poor supervising or poor coaching or twinning? (If so, ask: Who exactly have you made guilty of this?) _______ 50. Have you prevented anyone, including Supervisors, from achieving goals concerning you, or others, in Scientology? _______ 51. Have you ever been critical of Scientology terminology? _______ 52. How do you feel about these questions? _______ 53. In this Confessional, have you told a half-truth? _______ 54. In this Confessional, have you told an untruth? _______ 55. In this Confessional, has a withhold been missed? _______ HCOB 4.11.80 I - 4 - 56. In this Confessional, have you told all? _______ Give the pc the Proclamation of Forgiveness: BY THE POWER INVESTED IN ME, ANY OVERTS AND WITHHOLDS YOU HAVE FULLY AND TRUTHFULLY TOLD ME ARE FORGIVEN BY SCIENTOLOGISTS. On any adverse reaction to the Proclamation of Forgiveness, get the rest of the withhold or repair the withhold session. (Ref: HCOB 10 Nov 78R-1 PROCLAMATION: POWER TO FORGIVE ADDITION.) (NOTE: If this is being done as an HCO Confessional, the Proclamation of Forgiveness is omitted.) L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision I/C Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:SK:bk Copyright $c 1980 By L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision I/C Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=3/11/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  EXERCISE   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 3 NOVEMBER 1980 Remimeo (Originally LRH OODs item of 3 March 1972. Also issued as an HCO PL same date, same title.) EXERCISE Health of a body requires some exercise. When a body is not exercised it goes down hill, diet or no diet. Exercise and correct diet keep a body going. This applies especially to auditors, desk workers and students. That's why you should be out there getting some air in your lungs and some limberness in the muscles for a short time each day. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionaire Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SA:nc Copyright $c 1972, 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Compiled & issued by Sherry Anderson Compilations Missionaire Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=23/10/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CHART OF ABILITIES GAINED FOR LOWER LEVELS AND EXPANDED LOWER GRADES  Type = 22 iDate=25/6/70 Issue=0 Rev=3 rDate=27/4/75 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Tech Qual Execs C/Ses KOTs Auditors Regges Examiners Qual Secs HCO C & A  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 OCTOBER 1980 Remimeo Tech CANCELS BPL 25 June 70RB Rev. 27.4.75 Qual Execs EXPANDED LOWER GRADES C/Ses CHART OF ABILITIES GAINED. KOTs Auditors (Also issued as HCO POLICY LETTER same title, same date.) Regges Examiners Qual Secs HCO C & A CHART OF ABILITIES GAINED FOR LOWER LEVELS AND EXPANDED LOWER GRADES REF: CLASSIFICATION, GRADATION AND AWARENESS CHART HCOB 11 Nov 73 PRECLEAR DECLARE? PROCEDURE BPL 25 June 1970RB, Rev. 27 April 75, EXPANDED LOWER GRADES, CHART OF ABILITIES GAINED is hereby CANCELLED as it failed to state the Ability Gained for all flows of the Expanded Lower Grades. EXPANDED GRADES ARE ATTESTED TO BY THE PC DECLARING THE FULL STATEMENT OF THE ABILITY GAINED FOR ALL FOUR FLOWS. The chart given below lists the Ability Gained for each of the Lower Levels plus the four flows of the Expanded Grades. It is used by the Examiner when a pc is sent to "Declare?". The Examiner has the pc read the entire statement for the Ability Gained for that Grade (including all four flows) or Level and must accept only the pc declaring the full statement for the Ability Gained. Declare procedure is done exactly as stated in HCOB 11 November 1973 PRECLEAR DECLARE? PROCEDURE. LEVEL ABILITY GAINED GROUP PROCESSING COMPLETION Awareness that change is available. (Not a mandatory level) DIVISION 6 CO-AUDIT PROCESSES Personal case improvement in (Not a mandatory level) oneself and the ability to help others with co-auditing. REPAIR OF ONE'S LIFE Awareness of truth and the way (Not a mandatory level) to personal integrity. (NOTE: At C/S discretion, where a pc needs 2 Way Comm or rudiments or other repair put in on his life and livingness previous to his doing a major beginning action such as the Purification Rundown, such repair can be done initially. This is not a mandatory action and would only be done as directed by the C/S.) HCOB 23.10.80 - 2 - LEVEL ABILITY GAINED PURIFICATION RUNDOWN Freedom from the restimulative effects of drug residuals and other toxins. SURVIVAL RUNDOWN Feeling in present time and able to control and put order into the environment. Greatly increased survival potential. NED DRUG RUNDOWN Freedom from harmful effects of drugs, alcohol and medicine and free from the need to take them. DIANETIC CASE COMPLETION A well and happy pc. SCIENTOLOGY DRUG RUNDOWN Freedom from harmful effects of drugs, medicine or alcohol and free from the need to take them. EXPANDED ARC STRAIGHTWIRE Knows he/she won't get any worse. EXPANDED GRADE 0 COMMUNICATIONS RELEASE FLOW 1: Willing for others to communicate to him on any subject; no longer resisting communication from others on unpleasant or unwanted subjects. FLOW 2: Ability to communicate freely with anyone on any subject; free from, or no longer bothered by, communication difficulties; no longer withdrawn or reticent; likes to outflow. FLOW 3: Willing for others to communicate freely to others about anything. FLOW 0: Willingness to permit one's self to communicate freely about anything. EXPANDED GRADE 1 PROBLEMS RELEASE FLOW 1: Ability to recognize the source of problems and make them vanish; has no problems. FLOW 2: No longer worried about problems he has been to others; feels free about any problems others may have with him and can recognize source of them. FLOW 3: Free from worry about others' problems with or about others, and can recognize source of them. FLOW 0: Free from worry about problems with self and can recognize the source of them. HCOB 23.10.80 - 3 - LEVEL ABILITY GAINED EXPANDED GRADE 2 RELIEF RELEASE FLOW 1: Freedom from things others have done to one in the past. Willing for others to be cause over him. FLOW 2: Relief from the hostilities and sufferings of life; ability to be at cause without fear of hurting others. FLOW 3: Willing to have others be cause over others without feeling the need to intervene for fear of their doing harm. FLOW 0: Relief from hostilities and sufferings imposed by self upon self. EXPANDED GRADE 3 FREEDOM RELEASE FLOW 1: Freedom from upsets of the past; ability to face future; ability to experience sudden change without becoming upset. FLOW 2: Can grant others the beingness to be the way they are and choose their own reality; no longer feels need to change people to make them more acceptable to self; able to cause changes in another's life without ill effects. FLOW 3: Freedom from the need to prevent or become involved in the change and interchange occurring amongst others. FLOW 0: Freedom from upsets of the past one has imposed upon oneself and ability to cause changes in one's own life without ill effects. EXPANDED GRADE 4 ABILITY RELEASE FLOW 1: Ability to tolerate, and freedom from others' fixed ideas, justifications and make-guilty of self; free of need to respond in like kind. FLOW 2: Moving out of fixed conditions into ability to do new things; ability to face life without need to justify own actions or defend self from others; loss of make-guilty mechanisms and demand for sympathy; can be right or wrong. FLOW 3: Can tolerate fixed conditions of others in regard to others; freedom from involvement in others' efforts to justify, make guilty, dominate, or be defensive about their actions against others. FLOW 0: Ability to face life without need to make self wrong; loss of make-self-guilty mechanisms, and self-invalidation. HCOB 23.10.80 - 4 - L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA BDCSC:LRH:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=11/10/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  DRUGS AND THEIR EFFECTS ON AUDITING GAINS   BPI  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 11 OCTOBER 1980 BPI DRUGS AND THEIR EFFECTS ON AUDITING GAINS REFERENCES: THE BASIC DIANETICS PICTURE BOOK THE BASIC SCIENTOLOGY PICTURE BOOK HCOB 6 Feb 78RA THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN REPLACES THE SWEAT PROGRAM HCOB 1 May 80 Survival Rundown Series 1 THE SURVIVAL RUNDOWN HCOB 12 May 80 DRUGS AND OBJECTIVE PROCESSES HCOB 29 Aug 80 Keeping Scientology Working Series 23 HOW NOT TO MISS OUT ON GAINS FROM YOUR AUDITING My intention and wish for all Scientologists has always been for them to become more able through auditing and thereby lead happier and more successful lives. I count among my happiest moments the times when I receive letters from Scientologists telling me of their wins in auditing and how their lives have improved through Scientology. Auditing is the road to freedom for everyone, and no matter where you are on the Bridge, I want you to make the greatest gains possible from any auditing you receive. To this end I have written this issue (and had some illustrations done to accompany the text) which I trust will be of use to you as you move up the Bridge. There are three conditions which, when met, help ensure that any person getting audited will be in a position to get the most out of his auditing. A person who: 1. is freed from the restimulative effects of drugs, medicines and alcohol and any lingering effects their residues may have, 2. has had his attention unstuck from incidents in his past experience, and 3. is alert, in present time and in good communication with the things around him stands to make very good or even spectacular gain on whatever auditing he is receiving. This is quite in addition to the general feeling of well-being which accompanies meeting 1, 2 and 3 above. HCOB 11.10.80 - 2 - Indeed, such a person is far above what passes for "normal" currently in the society. Add on top of this, good auditing on the person's current program and you would have someone who was routinely doing very, very well in life. There are reasons why the attainment of 1, 2 and 3 above are advantageous to the progress of any person's auditing. The wins experienced in auditing will be greater and more stable if the person is free from the effects of drugs and if his attention is in PT and not stuck on past occurrences. What is more, the person will be in an optimum state to recover wins he experienced in any previous auditing. Regaining these former wins is not so easy if a person is still hindered by past drugs he has taken and has attention units stuck out of present time. Additionally, the pc who is alert and in present time will be more capable of spotting and identifying any new state of existence he may reach or have reached as a result of auditing. The ability to identify these points of gain accurately can be very important. The biggest factor in preventing the attainment of the three conditions mentioned above is, of course, drugs. Drugs are essentially poisons. The degree they are taken determines the degree of effect they have. A small amount gives a stimulant. A greater amount acts as a sedative. An even larger amount acts as a poison and can be fatal. This is true of any drug. Drugs have unfortunately become very common and widely used in our society during the last 15 or 20 years. In the 1960s it became apparent what drugs can do to a case. Drugs can inhibit a person from achieving gains in auditing and can inhibit a person from achieving a full resurgence of a state validly attained. It has been found that a person is unauditable while under the influence of a drug. He won't make gains. Also, drugs often produce lingering effects which affect the person and have a definite inhibiting influence on a person's auditing progress until they are handled. And it isn't only the more notorious drugs like LSD or angel dust which have these effects. Common medicines such as aspirin and novocaine (to say nothing of alcohol) can mess a person up, too. Even though there may be a period during which the person feels good or "high" from taking drugs, after the drug wears off the person ordinarily feels worse than before the drug was taken. HCOB 11.10.80 - 3 - Drugs cause portions of the Reactive Mind to come in on the person and cause him to re-experience incidents out of his past. They sometimes also cause the person to hallucinate, which means to see things that aren't there. Hallucination [GRAPHICS INSERTED] Reactive Mind Present time reality Person on drugs So, when a person is on drugs, what gets recorded in his mind is a combination of present time events and possibly hallucinations and other incidents out of his Reactive Mind. HCOB 11.10.80 - 4 - [GRAPHICS INSERTED] Drugs can ball up a person badly. Because they scramble things around so, drugs can make it very difficult for the person to think clearly. They can also make a person seem dull and stupid. [GRAPHICS INSERTED] HCOB 11.10.80 - 5 - In auditing it can be very difficult for a person who has been on drugs to fully contact actual incidents or parts of incidents in the bank due to the person's ability to do so being shut off by drugs. In his auditing he will not then be able to spot the source of those things which have undesirable effects on him. [GRAPHICS INSERTED] A person can become so confused by the effects of drugs he has taken that when he looks for something in his bank there doesn't seem to be anything there at all! This can make the person think he has no Reactive Mind to audit. Of course, that is not the case. The actual fact is that the effects of drugs have shut off the person's ability to perceive and handle the bank. HCOB 11.10.80 - 6 - Another thing that can happen as a result of drugs is that the person can become stuck in a "drug high", which means that the person is under the influence of a part of his Reactive Mind that was recorded when he was feeling the euphoric effects of drugs. [GRAPHICS INSERTED] This can cause him to "feel great" and feel he "has no problems" or "can't see anything so there must be nothing there". Again this is simply the effect of drugs shutting off the person's perception of his bank. A fact we have come to learn in Scientology is that a person will not make the full gains available to him from auditing until the effects of the drugs he has taken are handled. Fortunately, we have a program to handle this. HCOB 11.10.80 - 7 - THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN It has been found that drugs can remain in the body after the effects have worn off. These drug residues can sometimes circulate through the system long after the person has taken the drug and make the person feel as though he were again "high". Drugs and other residues in the body, from our chemically oriented society, can prevent a person from realizing his full potential as a Spiritual Being through Scientology. Through a program known as the Purification Rundown, the restimulative effects of these drug residues and other harmful substances can be eliminated. The program consists of exercise, heavy sweating in a sauna, vitamins and other nutrients, good food and plenty of rest. The drug effects can be resolved through the exercise and sauna and the person's system can be built back up by the vitamins and this can put him in a position where he can really make gains in auditing. [GRAPHICS INSERTED] HCOB 11.10.80 - 8 - In Scientology we are interested in you, the Spiritual Being. Treating bodies is not our business. We are interested in helping people become more aware and spiritually free. The Purification Rundown assists this purpose by helping the person handle the harmful effects that drug residues in his body can have on him spiritually. THE SURVIVAL RUNDOWN After the person has successfully completed the Purification Rundown, his potential for increased awareness of the world around him can be greatly enhanced. There is another step which helps make this potential a reality. It is also the next step in handling the harmful effects of drugs on the individual. This remarkable level is called the Survival Rundown. The Survival Rundown consists of a whole series of very important auditing processes as well as other actions and drills which have worked wonders in the lives of many people. The way the Survival Rundown works is this: it gets the person into present time and in control of his body and in good communication with the things of his environment. It also works to un-fixate a person's attention from the body where, for some, it may have been stuck for some time. On the Survival Rundown there are processes which get the person in touch with the world around him and which reacquaint a person, newly purified from the Purification Rundown, with the physical universe and get him causative over it. There are drills which improve the person's understanding of communication, increase his ability to communicate and raise his level of intention. These drills are followed by a highly workable series of processes which further increase the person's control of his body and surroundings, further increase his ability to communicate with his surroundings and other people and increase his ability to have things for himself. The person's causativeness over specific physical universe objects and his ability to span his attention over wider and wider portions of the environment are also addressed and increased. At this stage of the Survival Rundown, there are actions which lead to a greater understanding of physical universe relationships and their organization. The gains up to this point in the Survival Rundown are considerable when thoroughly done. Then, with the person's self-determinism and control over the environment at higher levels than before, these increased abilities are focused on the person's work and living areas. The result of this is better personal organization and a great aid in accomplishing the things one decides to accomplish. If a person is able to produce valuable products in his life he will be happier and have high morale. Such a person has a high potential for survival indeed! HCOB 11.10.80 - 9 - All these actions, plus further drills to enable the person to handle everyday life situations, bring the person to the EP of the Survival Rundown which is "Feeling in Present Time and able to control and put order into the environment. Greatly increased survival potential." [GRAPHICS INSERTED] Truly, this is a rundown which anyone can benefit from regardless of case level. We live in uncertain times in an uncertain world. But an individual can do something about his own survival, and the Survival Rundown is the most workable answer. HCOB 11.10.80 - 10 - After a well done Purification Rundown and Survival Rundown, further auditing a person receives can go more quickly and smoothly and the gains can be much greater than auditing received before doing these rundowns. [GRAPHICS INSERTED] Handling the harmful effects of drugs is a vital step in any person's quest for spiritual freedom and so the Purification Rundown and Survival Rundown must be considered a standard part of the Bridge for anyone. HCOB 11.10.80 - 11 - [GRAPHICS INSERTED] These basic steps of the Bridge and those that follow them, will lead you to the states of Clear and OT and the attainment of these is something I very much want to see every Scientologist in the world achieve. Good luck! L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Illustrations by the Research and Technical Compilations Unit Approved and accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:RTCU:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Illustrations by the Research and Technical Compilations Unit Approved and accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=6/10/80 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Confessional Form 4R SUPERVISOR CONFESSIONAL LIST   Remimeo HCO Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE II HCO Tech/Qual (CANCELS & REPLACES BTB 24 Dec 72RA Issue IV Confessional Form 4 SUPERVISOR CONFESSIONAL LIST which failed to give the correct reference on how to do a Confessional, and omitted the end rudiments. Additional Confessional questions have also been added to the list.) Confessional Form 4R SUPERVISOR CONFESSIONAL LIST REF: HCOB 30 November 1978 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE Anyone doing a Confessional must have done or must be on a Confessional course or Internship. The procedure for doing a Confessional is contained in HCOB 30 November 1978 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE. When applying Confessional tech correctly, you are helping the individual to face up to his responsibilities in his group and the society and putting him back into communication with his fellow man, his family, and the world at large. AUDITOR: _______________________________ PRECLEAR: ___________________________ ORG: ___________________________________ DATE: _______________________________ 1. Have you ever given a student verbal data? _______ 2. Have you taught a course without a checksheet? _______ 3. Have you given students checksheets other than those officially approved? _______ 4. Have you deleted materials from an approved checksheet? _______ 5. Have you failed to provide course materials? _______ 6. Have you failed to update and correct checksheets before issuing to new students? _______ 7. Have you permitted a student to falsely attest? _______ 8. Have you attested to a student's course completion without verifying his ability to apply the materials? _______ 9. Have you ever permitted a student to blow? _______ 10. Have you failed to remain in good ARC with your students? _______ 11. Have you ever advised anyone not to take services at a Scientology Org? _______ HCOB 6.10.80 II - 2 - 12. Have you blamed others for poor course attendance? _______ 13. Have you ever become emotionally or sexually involved with a student? _______ 14. Have you falsified statistics? _______ 15. Have you ever gotten angry with a student? _______ 16. Have you ever interrupted a student who was doing well? _______ 17. Have you ever failed to handle a bogged student? _______ 18. Have you ever made a student re-do checkouts, drills or practicals to boost stats? _______ 19. Have you ever lied to, deceived or misdirected a student concerning Scientology? _______ 20. Have you ever lied to a student? _______ 21. As a Supervisor have you ever left a course unattended? _______ 22. Have you ever failed to refer a student to the materials? _______ 23. Have you ever failed to keep a course exactly on schedule? _______ 24. Have you failed to apply Word Clearing tech? _______ 25. When word clearing students have you ignored reads? _______ 26. Have you pretended you can read a meter? _______ 27. Have you graduated someone you had misgivings about? _______ 28. Have you ever used Supervisor status to obtain unusual favors? _______ 29. Have you passed a student just to be kind? _______ 30. Have you ever given a checkout on materials you were uncertain of? _______ 31. Have you ever failed to correct a student's mistakes? _______ 32. Have you ever become complacent about the existing scene in your course room? _______ 33. Have you done something you wouldn't like your students to know about? _______ 34. Have you ever failed to apply study tech? _______ 35. Are you pretending that you know study tech? _______ 36. Have you done admin or other duties during course time? _______ 37. Have you ever permitted anyone to come into the course room and bother students for any reason? _______ 38. Have you ever permitted a student to enturbulate a class? _______ HCOB 6.10.80 II - 8 - 39. Have you ever offloaded students instead of handling them? _______ 40. Have you ever failed to recover a blown student? _______ 41. Have you ever used your position as a Supervisor to procure students for another group? _______ 42. Have you ever discussed or talked about your personal problems or case to a student? _______ 43. Have you ever subjected a student to ridicule? _______ 44. Have you C/Sed student sessions when not qualified to do so? _______ 45. Have you ever flunked a student who really knew the data? _______ 46. Is there something a student might find out about you? _______ 47. Have you ever neglected to give praise to a student when due? _______ 48. Have you ever run a slow course? _______ 49. Have you blamed others for poor course enrollments? _______ 50. Have you ever failed to spot a student's dope-off, glee or other manifestation of misunderstoods and get them cleaned up? _______ 51. Have you ever failed to use Supervisor Two-Way Comm when needed? _______ 52. Have you ever failed to apply ethics tech when needed? _______ 53. Have you ever invalidated a student rather than his mistake? _______ 54. Have you ever allowed quickied drilling on checksheet drills? _______ 55. Have you claimed false bonuses? _______ 56. Have you not studied your hat? _______ 57. Have you pretended qualifications not attained? _______ 58. Have you personally studied past misunderstoods? _______ 59. Have you ever invalidated study tech? _______ 60. Have you ever invalidated Scientology materials? _______ 61. Have you ever failed to muster your students precisely on time, note absences and take action? _______ 62. As a Supervisor, have you permitted students to goof off during course hours? _______ 63. Have you permitted students to eat or smoke in the course room? _______ HCOB 6.10.80 II - 4 - 64. As a Supervisor have you ever stood around or sat at your desk not actively handling students? _______ 65. Have you failed to get students through their course and graduated? _______ 66. As a Supervisor have you produced any overt products? _______ 67. Have you ever condoned out-tech? _______ 68. As a Supervisor have you ever done anything you wouldn't want LRH to know about? _______ 69. Concerning study or supervision have you committed any overt that hasn't been revealed? _______ 70. In this Confessional, have you told a half truth? _______ 71. In this Confessional, have you told an untruth? _______ 72. In this Confessional, has a withhold been missed? _______ 72. In this Confessional, have you told all? _______ L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision I/C Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SK:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision I/C Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=6/10/80 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Confessional Form 2R GENERAL STAFF CONFESSIONAL LIST   Remimeo HCO Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE I HCO Tech/Qual (CANCELS & REPLACES BTB 24 Dec 72RA Issue II Confessional Form 2 GENERAL STAFF CONFESSIONAL LIST which failed to give the correct reference on how to do a Confessional, and omitted the end rudiments. Additional Confessional questions have also been added to the list.) Confessional Form 2R GENERAL STAFF CONFESSIONAL LIST REF: HCOB 30 November 1978 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE Anyone doing a Confessional must have done or be on a Confessional course or internship. The procedure for doing a Confessional is contained in HCOB 30 November 1978 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE. When applying Confessional tech correctly, you are helping the individual to face up to his responsibilities in his group and the society and putting him back into communication with his fellow man, his family, and the world at large. AUDITOR: _____________________________ PRECLEAR: _____________________________ ORG: _________________________________ DATE: _________________________________ 1. Have you ever stolen anything from a Scientology Organization? _______ 2. Are you here only to get free processing? _______ 3. Do you intend to leave this organization once trained? _______ 4. Have you audited outside pcs for money while a member of this org? _______ 5. Have you ever fed an org pc to an outside auditor? _______ 6. Have you ever broken a contract with an org? _______ 7. Have you ever shifted the blame to an innocent staff member? _______ 8. As a staff member, have you failed to keep the org schedule? _______ 9. Have you offered or delivered free services? _______ 10. Have you accepted services from an organization without being invoiced? _______ HCOB 6.10.80 I - 2 - 11. Have you ever advised anyone against joining staff of a Scientology Organization or the Sea Org? _______ 12. Have you ever given Scientology materials to a group opposed to Scientology? _______ 13. Have you ever said discreditable things to the press or public concerning Scientology? _______ 14. As a staff member have you failed to regularly attend staff study or take your enhancement time? _______ 15. Have you ever refused to comply with legal orders from a senior? _______ 16. Have you ever false reported as a staff member? _______ 17. Have you falsified a statistic? _______ 18. Have you ever followed an order you knew to be off-policy? _______ 19. Have you given false evidence to an Ethics body? _______ 20. Have you ever obstructed an Ethics investigation? _______ 21. Have you withheld data to protect yourself or another? _______ 22. Have you ever third partied a staff member? _______ 23. Have you ever lied to a staff member? _______ 24. Have you feigned illness to avoid work? _______ 25. Have you failed to pay back loans you actually owe? _______ 26. Have you caused upset to a public pc or student? _______ 27. As a staff member, have you committed a problem? _______ 28. As a staff member, have you ever devised a solution which then became a problem? _______ 29. Have you ever had case on post?? _______ 30. Have you prevented a fellow staff member from wearing his hat? _______ 31. Have you done anything to get another removed from post for your own personal gain? _______ 32. Have you ever engaged in a power push against a senior executive? _______ 33. Have you ever used a Scientology position to obtain unusual favors? _______ 34. Have you ever personally accepted a commission, percentage, bribe or gift for giving any firm or person this organization's business? _______ 35. Have you engaged in any sort of 2D activities with public students or pcs? _______ 36. Have you lived or slept with anyone other than your legal spouse? _______ HCOB 6.10.80 I - 3 - 37. Have you created a new 2D relationship while legally married to another person? _______ 38. Have you ever advised anyone against following policy? _______ 39. Have you prevented another from learning his post? _______ 40. Have you prevented another from studying or training? _______ 41. Have you ever slowed things down just because your seniors wanted them speeded up? _______ 42. Do you ever privately laugh at the antics of your superiors? _______ 43. Have you done anything to get another staff member in bad repute? _______ 44. Have you ever damaged org property? _______ 45. Have you wasted org supplied? _______ 46. Have you juggled org accounts? _______ 47. As a staff member have you produced any overt products? _______ 48. Have you ever given out data which was contrary to HCO Bulletins or Policy Letters? _______ 49. Have you ever pretended to quote HCOBs or PLs without showing the actual issue? _______ 50. Have you ever prevented tech or policy from being known or correctly used? _______ 51. Have you ever just pretended to work? _______ 52. Have you taken credit for the work done by another? _______ 53. Have you maligned another to enhance your own reputation? _______ 54. Have you caused or contributed to an org mutiny? _______ 55. Have you spent post time on matters not related to your post or org business? _______ 56. Have you encouraged another to blow? _______ 57. Have you done anything to damage the repute of a senior Scientology Org? _______ 58. Have you done anything to damage the repute of the Sea Org? _______ 59. Have you discouraged org pcs or students from advancing to a senior org? _______ 60. Have you ever lied to a public pc or student? _______ 61. Have you ever lied to a potential pc or student? _______ HCOB 6.10.80 I - 4 - 62. Have you ever withheld that you had a PTS A situation with a parent or relative? _______ 63. Have you falsely reported to a Sea Org Missionaire? _______ 64. Have you ever false reported to Flag? _______ 65. Have you ever reported compliance to an order or target which was not fully done? _______ 66. Have you knowingly violated policy? _______ 67. Have you blamed another for not doing your job? _______ 68. Do you think it really doesn't matter whether you do a good job or not? _______ 69. As a staff member, have you ever taken books, packs, pens, small amounts of money or other articles which did not belong to you? _______ 70. Are you here purposely to upset or damage Scientology? _______ 71. While on staff of a Scientology organization have you committed any civil crime? _______ 72. Is there something an Ethics Officer shouldn't know about you? _______ 73. Have you done something you wouldn't like LRH to know about? _______ 74. As a staff member have you committed some overt that hasn't been revealed? _______ 75. In this Confessional, have you told a half truth? _______ 76. In this Confessional, have you told an untruth? _______ 77. In this Confessional, has a withhold been missed? _______ 78. In this Confessional, have you told all? _______ L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:MIR:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision Approved & accepted by the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=28/9/80 Volnum=0 Issue=3 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CONFESSIONAL REPAIR LIST LCRD WORDS LIST  Type = 12 iDate=9/4/72 Issue=2 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 SEPTEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE III C/Ses Auditors (Cancels BTB 9 Apr 72R II CLEARING LIST WORDS IN Tech/Qual SCIENTOLOGY -- LCR which did not contain all the words for the LCRD.) CONFESSIONAL REPAIR LIST LCRD WORDS LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 52R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 23 Jul 80 CONFESSIONAL REPAIR LIST -- LCRD. These words should be cleared on the pc before the list is actually assessed on him per HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET) WORDS FROM THE CONFESSIONAL REPAIR LIST -- LCRD A, about, accepted, accurately, accusation, acknowledge, action, afraid, alcohol, all, already, an, angry, another, answer, any, anything, appropriate, ARC Break, are, at, auditing, auditor, avoid. Back, basic, be, been, betrayal, but, by. Call, cans, chain, coming, confessional. Dare, demanded, did, didn't, different, don't, drugs. Earlier, else, error, evaluation. Fail, false, feel, find out, F/N, F/Ning, for, fulfilled. Get, giving. Had, half-truths, handled, happen, has, have, he, hear, here, hungry. HCOB 28.9.80 III - 2 - In, injustice, invalidated, is. Kept, known. Left, lie, list. Medicine, meter, middle, might, misdirect, missed, misunderstood, more. Not. Of, off, once, one, opinions, or, out Int, overrun, overt, overts. Part, problem, protested, purpose. Question. Read, reading, reasons, recently, reputation, rest. Said, same, say, scene, should, some, someone, something, suppressed. Taken, taken up, tell, telling, than, that, the, there, tired, to, told. Undisclosed, unflat, unnecessary, up, upset. Waiting, was, were, weren't, what, when, with, withhold, withholding, withholds, worded, worried, wrong. You, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Susan Krieger Mission Issues Revision I/C for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SK:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Susan Krieger Mission Issues Revision I/C for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=28/9/80 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  L1X HI-LO TA LIST REVISED WORDS LIST  Type = 12 iDate=9/4/72 Issue=9 Rev=2 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 SEPTEMBER 1980 Remimeo ISSUE II C/Ses Auditors (Cancels BTB 9 Apr 72RA IX CLEARING LIST WORDS IN Tech/Qual SCIENTOLOGY L1X HI-LO TA LIST REVISED which did not include the new words from the revised L1X HI-LO TA LIST, HCOB 1 Jan 72RB.) L1X HI-LO TA LIST REVISED WORDS LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 1 Jan 72RB L1X HI-LO TA LIST REVISED. These words should be cleared on the pc before the list is actually assessed on him per HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET) WORDS FROM THE L1X HI-LO TA LIST REVISED A, about, accused, acted, action, actions, acts, actual, afraid, after, alcohol, all, an, and, another, any, anyone, anything, ARC Break, ARC Broken, are, assessment, assigned, at, attacked, attention, audited, auditing, auditor, aware. Bad, be, because, been, being, between, black, blow, break, by, BPC. Cans, can't, can't have, case, cases, caused, causing, chain, chains, charged, clash, clothing, cognitions, commands, committed, committing, condition, confront, connected, connection, considerations, continue, correct, couldn't, cover, covered, cramming, cream, crimes, C/S. Dare, date, Dianetic, Dianetics, did, didn't, disagreements, do, does, doing, done, don't, drink, drug, Drug RD, drugs, drunk, dry, duration. HCOB 28.9.80 II - 2 - Else, engram, engrams, EPs, erase, error, errors, evaluation, ever, exam, examiner, experienced, exterior. Fail, false, false TA, faulty, feel, felt, fine, flows, F/Ns, for, found, found out, from. Get, given, giving, go, going, gone, gone on, grip. Had, hand, hands, handle, handled, happen, has, hassles, have, having, havingness, hear, here, hiding, high, hostile. Ill, in, incidents, incomplete, incorrectly, indicated, indication, inspection, interested, interiorized, interruptions, interview, interviews, into, Int RD, invalidated, invalidation, invisible, involved, is, isn't, it, item, items. Keeps on, kept, kicked, kind. Labelled, leave, left, lie, life, like, list, listed, listening, listing, location, long, looking, loosen, loss, lost, low, LSD. Masses, materials, may, medicine, mentioned, messed up, meter, might, mind, missed, misunderstood, misunderstoods, must. Need, no, not, nothing, not-ised, not-ising, nulling. Objectives, of, okay, on, once, opinions, or, other, others, out, out rud, out-ruds, out ethics, over, overlisted, overrepair, overrepaired, overts, overrun, overwhelm, own. Past, pc, persistent, personality, physically, picture, pictures, point, pot, practice, problem, problems, procedure, process, protested, protesting, PT, PTS, PTS Interview, puzzled. Quad, quadded up, questions. Read, reading, reads, really, reasons, recalls, release, repairing, report, restimulation, ruds, run, rundown, rushed, R3RA. Sad, said, same, satisfied, say, saying, scared, Scientology, secondary, see, self-auditing, separated, session, sessions, should, shouldn't, sized, smoke, smoked, smoking, some, somebody, someone, something, sort, spaces, state, still, stops, stuck, studied, study, suppressed. TA, take, taken, taking, talk, talking, Tech, telling, that, the, their, there, thing, think, this, thought, tight, tired, to, told, too, trapped, triple, tripled, trouble, trying, twice, two way comm, type. Understand, understood, undisclosed, unflat, unrun, unwilling, up, upset, urgently, using. Wait, waiting, want, was, way, we, wearing, well, went, were, weren't, wet, what, when, who, whole track, why, why finding, will, with, withheld, withhold, withholding, without, word clearing, words, wrong, wrongly. You, your, you're, yourself. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Susan Krieger Mission Issues Revision I/C BDCS:LRH:SK:dr for the Copyright $c 1980 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS by L. Ron Hubbard of the ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Susan Krieger Mission Issues Revision I/C for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=17/9/80 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  GREEN FORM WORDS LIST  Type = 12 iDate=9/4/72 Issue=1 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1980 ISSUE II Remimeo (Cancels BTB 9 April 72R Issue I CLEARING LIST WORDS C/Ses IN SCIENTOLOGY GREEN FORM as this BTB did not include Auditors the new words from the revised Green Form, HCO PL 7 April Tech/Qual 1970RC Rev. 4.7.80, GREEN FORM.) GREEN FORM WORDS LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 52R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCO PL 7 April 1970RC Rev. 4 July 1980 GREEN FORM. These words should be cleared on the pc before the Green Form is actually assessed per HCOB 9 Aug 78 Issue II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref. Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM THE GREEN FORM A, about, against, alcohol, altering, an, any, anything, ARC Break, are, arrested, aspirin, audited, auditing, auditor. Bad, be, because, been, breaks, by, by-passed, by-passed charge. Can't, Clear, code, coming, comm cycle, committed, confidential, connected, copies, could, crime, crimes, criminal, cured. Dangers, data, debts, demanded, Dianetic Clear, do, doing, drugs, drunk. Else, engram, enough, environment, environmental, erased, error, evaluated, exactly, experimenting, exterior. Food, for, from. HCOB 17.9.80 II - 2 - Get, gone, group. Had, handled, handwritten happen has, hasn't, have, here, hidden standard, hungry. If, ignored, in, Int RD, invalidated, is, it. Kept, know, knowledge. Left, list. Matching, materials, menace, mentioned, messed up, missed. Non-standard, not. Of, or, orgs, originations, over-repaired, overrun, overt. Person, physically, picture, present time problem, process, PT. Record, release, restimulation, review, rushed. Scientology, self-auditing, sleep, someone, something, sufficient, suppressed, suppressive, study. Taken, taped, tech, that, the, there, this, tired, to, tranquilizers, typed. Unflat, unnecessary, unpaid, up, upsetting. Was, what, which, with, withhold, worked, works, would, wrong. You, your. ADDITIONAL WORDS FROM RESISTIVE CASES ASSESSMENT And, attested, after, antagonistic, attained. Being, before. Continuously, committing. Doesn't. Engrams, earlier. Former. Grades. Ill. Misunderstoods. Never. Out, overwhelmed, overts, on. Part, practices, pretending, prior. Run, rudiments. Seriously, seeking, same. Therapy, thrill, training. Valence. Want, went. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:MIR:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=17/9/80 Volnum=0 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  L3RG AND R3RA WORD LIST  Type = 12 iDate=28/4/78 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Auditors C/Ses Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1980 ISSUE I Remimeo (Cancels BTB 28 April 74R DIANETICS CLEARING LISTS Auditors AND R3R as this BTB did not include the words from C/Ses the revised issues, HCOB 28 June 78 New Era Dianetics Tech/Qual Series 7 R3RA COMMANDS and HCOB 11 April 71RD L3RG, nor the Preassessment words.) L3RG AND R3RA WORD LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 53R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 11 April 1971RD IMPORTANT L3RG DIANETICS AND INT RD REPAIR LIST, the Preassessment List and R3RA Commands. These words should be cleared on the pc before the L3RG or Preassessment List is assessed or R3RA Commands are run per HCOB 9 Aug 1978 Issue II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref. Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM L3RG R3RA PROCEDURE AND PREASSESSMENTS A, abandoned, accept, aches, alcohol, all, already, an, and, another, ARC Break, are, assessed, at, attain, attitudes, audited, auditor. Basic, be, because, been, beginning, black, by, by-passed. Causing, chain, chains, changed, changing, charge, charged, clear, close, cognition, command, commands, completed, compulsions, confused, connected, continue, constantly, could. Date, death, declare, demand, Dianetic, did, different, discomforts, dislikes, distracted, do, does, drugs, duration, durations. HCOB 17.9.80 I - 2 - Earlier, else, emotions, end, engrams, erased, erasing, expressed, exterior, eyes. False, fears, feelings, first, flows, flubbed, F/N, for, from, found. Get, giving, go, going, gone, goof, gotten. Had, handled, happened, has, have, heavily, held up. Implant, in, incident, incidents, incorrect, indicated, interest, interested, interrupted, Int RD, invalidated, invisible, is, it, item. Jump, just. Late, later, left, let, list, locate. Make, mass, me, medicine, messed up, misemotions, misrun, missed, misunderstood, misworded, more, move. New, no, nobody, not, nothing, numbnesses. Of, okay, on, one, or, original, original item, originally, others, over. Pains, past, persistent, picture, pictures, place, point, postulate, preassessment, preassessment item, pressure, pressures, prevented, problem, protesting. Read, real, really, reason, refuse, resent, restimulated, return, run, running. Said, same, say, saying, see, seem, sensations, sequence, should, similar, simply, skipped, solid, some, something, soon, sorenesses, start, starting, state (noun), still, stop, stopped, stuck, suppressed. Tell, than, that, the, there, thing, this, through, time, tired, tirednesses, to, too, trouble, twice, two. Unnecessary, unconsciousnesses, upset. Was, we, went, were, what, when, while, with, withhold, wording, would, wrong. You, your, yourself. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:MIR:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=16/9/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PTS RD CORRECTION LIST WORDS LIST  Type = 12 iDate=1/12/74 Issue=7 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1980 Remimeo C/Ses (Cancels BTB 1 Dec 74 Iss VII CLEARING LIST WORDS IN Auditors SCIENTOLOGY -- PTS RD CORRECTION LIST which omitted Tech/Qual giving the references to be high crimed before clearing words on a pc and the method of word clearing to be used.) PTS RD CORRECTION LIST WORDS LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH HCOB 8 Jul 74R I CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I W/C Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 16 Apr 72 PTS RD CORRECTION LIST. These words should be cleared on the pc before the PTS RD CORRECTION LIST is actually assessed per HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 word clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref. Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM THE PTS RD CORRECTION LIST A, about, achieved, additional, after, agree, all, all right, an, and, another, anyway, are, attest, audited, auditing, auditor. Bad, be, been, believe, but, by. Can't, caused, communication, complete, completely, condition. Decided, detected, didn't, disagrees, disclosed, does, doing, don't. Earlier, else, engram, errors, ever, everything. Feel, feelings, first. Gains, given, group. Handle, handled, has, have, hold. HCOB 16.9.80 - 2 - Ill, in, incomplete, is, it. Know. Lies, like, list, lost. Middle, misunderstood, more. Not, now. Of, okay, on, only, onto, or. People, person, physically, place, protested, PTS, PTS RD. Really, rundown. Said, Scientology, situation, someone, something, still, suppressive. Than, that, the, there, this, to, told. Understand, upset. Want, was, wasn't, were, weren't, what, when, whole, with, words, wrong, who. You, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:MIR:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=11/9/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  L4BRA WORDS LIST  Type = 12 iDate=9/4/72 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 11 SEPTEMBER 1980 Remimeo (CANCELS BTB 9 Apr 72R CLEARING LIST WORDS IN C/Ses SCIENTOLOGY L4BR which did not contain all of Auditors the words from the revised L4BRA, HCOB 15 Dec 68RA.) Tech/Qual L4BRA WORDS LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 52R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 15 Dec 68RA L4BRA FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS. These words should be cleared on the pc before the L4BRA is actually assessed per HCOB 9 Aug 78 Issue II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref. Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM THE L4BRA THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED another, answer, ARC Break, ashamed, asserted, auditor. Because, been, before, being, by, by-passed, by-passed charge. Carried, carried on, cause, charge, correct, correction, couldn't. Denied, did, didn't, different, do, done. Earlier, else, else's, errors, evaluated, exterior. Fail, first, forced, found, from. Given, gone. Had, handled, has, have. HCOB 11.9.80 - 2 - In, incomplete, interest, invalidated, is, it, item, items. Kind. List, listed, listing, long. Made, meaningless, missed. No, not, nothing, nulling. Of, off, on, only, or, other, out, overrun, overt. Past, place, in the first place, point, previously, process, protest, protested, PTP, pushed, put. Question. React, release, restimulated, right. Said, session, some, somebody, someone, suggest, suggested. Taken, that, the, there, this, thought, to, too. Under, understand, understood, unnecessary, upset. Volunteered. Want, was, way, were, what, when, while, withheld, withhold, word, wrong. You, your, yours, yourself. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SK:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=2/9/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  REPAIR CORRECTION LIST WORDS   Remimeo Auditors C/Ses Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 2 SEPTEMBER 1980 Remimeo Auditors C/Ses Tech/Qual REPAIR CORRECTION LIST WORDS REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III IMPORTANT -- ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 52R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 16 Oct 78 REPAIR CORRECTION LIST. These words should be cleared on the pc before the list is actually assessed on him per HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 word clearing when clearing these words on the pc. These words need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if they were correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM THE REPAIR CORRECTION LIST A, action, an, and, anyway, asked, assessed, assessment, attesting, audited, auditing, auditor. Bad, be, been, being, by, by-passed, by-passed charge. Case, charge, chart, complete, could, cycle. Declare, did, didn't, do, done. Ever, exterior. Fall, false read, feel, felt, F/N, F/Ned, F/Ning, from. Get, get on with, given, going, gone, grade, grade chart. Had, handle, handled, has, have, high, high TA, how. In, indicate, Int RD, is, it, item. Just. Kept, know. List, lists, low, low TA. Many, messed up, misassessed, missed. HCOB 2.9.80 - 2 - No, not. Often, on, one, other, out-list, over-repair, overrun. Prepared, prepared list, prepared lists, prevented. Read, really, repair, repaired, repairs, rundown. See, should, some, something. TA, take up, tell, the, there, think, time, to, told, too, TRs. Unnecessary, up. Want, was, wasn't, were, what, when, while, win, with, would, wrong. You, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Susan Krieger Mission Issues Revision I/C for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SK:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Susan Krieger Mission Issues Revision I/C for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=30/7/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE NATURE OF A BEING   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JULY 1980 Remimeo THE NATURE OF A BEING When one is associating with or attempting to guide or handle a person, it is necessary to know something of the nature of a being. If a being were a single unit, separated from all other beings, conditions and current influences, the task of understanding him would be relatively simple and philosophers would have had it all worked out long before Dianetics and Scientology. A single unit being responds to the most elementary and simple rules and laws you will find in Dianetics and Scientology. Affinity, Reality, Communication and Understanding; the time track; mental image pictures; the earlier incident holding the later in place; responses to Matter, Energy, Space, Time, Form as well as force; and the axioms. On this you can rest assured. And one might even wonder why we need all the additional bulletins and cautions and provisions and lectures. The fact of the matter is that when one addresses a person, a human being "in the flesh" one is not addressing a simple being. Possibly an example will illustrate this: I had just finished giving a Congress and a staff member had made some appointments for me to see people who wanted to talk to me. And, in a conference room, I was suddenly confronted by a woman who was demonstrably and actively insane. She was incoherent, she was being "pursued", she was utterly agitated. Well, I was not then and never was in the business of treating the insane. Yet here was a situation which had to be handled if only to maintain social calm. In those days there were many techniques for exteriorizing people and so I used one of them, putting her back of her head. promptly she went sane, calmly reviewed her problem with her husband, sensibly made up her mind what she was going to do to properly resolve the matter, thanked me and departed. For a brief time she had temporarily become a single unit being. I have not given the example as a lesson in what to do in such cases for exteriorization techniques are not reliable. But only to illustrate the complexity of people. What you see as a human being, a person, is not a single unit being. In the first place, there is the matter of valence. A person can be himself or he can be under the belief that he is another person or thing entirely. This removes him a step from being a simple being. Then there is the matter of being in a body. A body is a very complex contrivance, quite remarkable, quite complicated. And it is also quite subject to its own distortions. There are also the entities (as discussed in "Dianetics, The Modern Science of Mental Health", pages 84-90, and also "The History Of Man", pages 13-14, 43, 75-77). These follow all the rules and laws and phenomena of single beings. HCOB 30.7.80 - 2 - And then there is the matter of influences of other people around this human being. From a single, simple being there is a progressive complication setting in as one adds all these other factors. The single, simple being, without any further associations can be out of valence even miles away from other contacts. It is the aggregate of all these factors which you address when you seek to guide or handle the usual human being. This is also why objective processes are so effective -- they get many of these factors all going in the same direction for once. None of this is to say that it is impossible to handle all this. Far from it. But it does tell one why all the additional precautions (like don't overrun, like careful session procedures) are there in all those materials. But mainly it tells you that full recoveries seldom happen fast and that cases require an awful lot of work and often for a very long time. And like the woman at the Congress, one sometimes gets a sudden near-magical result. The trouble with that one was that she soon went back into her head and became again a composite, even though she now did have a sane plan of action to follow. Results, if you follow the rules and laws carefully and with good heart, can be obtained. And you, knowing your business, can obtain them. But don't become discouraged if it all doesn't happen fast and if it takes a long time. When you are handling a human being, you are handling a composite. We did not construct the human mind or human body. We did not put the universe there to involve, oppress or complicate life. We are working with the end product of an awful lot of trials and tribulations. If we were working with single beings, it would be a nothing to do. We are not. We are working with a complexity and we can do an awful lot, far more than anyone could do before us. And our work with life has effects and influences far beyond our auditing tables. It took vast, vast numbers of years and eons for life to get that involved and complicated. Be glad that it doesn't take even a tiny fraction of that to dig it out and smooth it out with Dianetics and Scientology. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=29/7/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CRIMINALS AND PSYCHIATRY   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JULY 1980 Remimeo CRIMINALS AND PSYCHIATRY Almost every modern horror crime was committed by a known criminal who had been in and out of the hands of psychiatrists and psychologists often many times. There is no particular reason to enumerate endless case histories of this: they occur too frequently in news accounts and the newspaper morgues are thick with them. And as such stories develop it is found that the perpetrator had a long history, some even from childhood, of psychiatric and psychological treatment. Such a record of failure does not seem to come to the attention of legislators and these continue to pour floods of money into the coffers of the psychiatrists, psychologists and their organizations. The public at large, by survey, seems to be aware of this state of affairs if not the whole facts: the only real customers the psychiatrist and psychologist have are the governments -- the public does not of its own volition go to them. The most charitable look at this would be that the psychologists and psychiatrists are simply incompetent. But other more sinister implications can be drawn. Developed in the latter part of the 19th Century, they appeared on the militaristic scene of a re-arming and conquest-minded Germany. At that time, the arch-criminal Bismarck was laying the ground work for the slaughters of World War I and World War II. It fitted with the philosophy of militarism that man was an animal and that there was neither soul nor morality standing in the way of the wholesale murder of war. Up until that time the Church had some influence upon the state and possibly some power in restraining bestiality and savagely insane conduct but, small as it might have been, it was incompatible with the unholy ambitions of the militarists. That man was only an animal after all, soulless and entitled to no decency, was bound to be a popular doctrine. That insanity consisted of urges to harm others would have been a very unpopular idea to government heads who had nothing else in mind. And so the notion that insanity was a physical disease was taken up avidly. The basic tenet of psychology is that man is just an animal. The basic tenet of psychiatry is that insanity is a physical disease. Neither has any proof that these tenets are correct. That man can be reduced to animalistic behavior does not prove that that is his true basic nature. That some physical diseases also produce mental aberration does not prove that any "mental illness" has bacteria or virus and indeed none have ever been isolated. The instigators, patrons and supporters of these two subjects classify fully and demonstrably as criminals. If the crimes committed by a government in one single day were committed by an individual, that individual would be promptly put in a cell and probably even a padded cell. HCOB 29.7.80 - 2 - Unfortunately, positions of power and authority attract to themselves beings who, all too often, need that altitude to exercise their lust for covertly or overtly harming others. Government positions are well suited to this use; they are also all too often held to be above any law. Some of the most notorious criminals in history have operated from government positions. This becomes statistically impressive when one counts the strewn corpses. Looking this over (and it is amply documented in any history book or newspaper) one can begin to make some kind of sense out of it. Spawned by an insanely militaristic government, psychiatry and psychology find avid support from oppressive and domineering governments. The employer of these people classifies, even in the most generous view, as criminal. Thus it cannot be much wondered at that these subjects have no real success or even interest in detecting and handling criminals. One cannot go so far as to say that psychiatry and psychology knowingly create criminals or actively plan and implant their patients to commit crimes, even though it might look this way in some cases. Rather, these subjects are false subjects, based on false principles which are well suited to the demands and ambitions of their employers. Their technology is incapable of detecting, much less helping, the criminal. It is even doubtful if their employers, the governments, would tolerate a subject which could detect and resolve criminality -- for who would be the first ones detected? Some amongst the governments, of course. No, the wolf would only favor a jury of wolves to judge the crime of killing sheep. That is why you see governments flooding out money for psychologists in schools and psychiatrists in government departments. With a complete, government supported monopoly in the field of the mind, potential criminals will go right on remaining undetected until they injure or slaughter citizens and, having done so, become unrelieved or even confirmed in their habit patterns in the hands of psychiatrists and psychologists and re-released upon the world to further injure and slaughter citizens. The credence and power of psychiatry and psychology are waning. It hit its zenith about 1960: then it seemed their word was law and that they could harm, injure and kill patients without restraint. The appearance of an actual technology of the mind -- Dianetics and Scientology -- has played no small part in acting as a restraint. At one time they were well on their way to turning every baby into a future robot for the manipulation of the state and every society into a madhouse of crime and immorality. The world is still suffering from the effects of that domination. There is no real reason why, using the proper technology, the criminal cannot be detected and also reformed. One might also, by the use of false data stripping, redeem a psychologist or psychiatrist -- though this would be made difficult by the fact that he achieves all his power and money from the state which might have quite different purposes for him. The world is turning, things change. And there may come a day when the mad dogs of the world are not given over to the charge of mad dogs. But that will be to the degree that you successfully carry forward Dianetics and Scientology. LRH:bk L. RON HUBBARD Copyright $c 1980 FOUNDER by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=25/7/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=10/9/80 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST WORDS LIST   Remimeo C/Ses Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JULY 1980R Remimeo REVISED 10 SEPTEMBER 1980 C/Ses Auditors (Cancels BTB 1 Dec 74 III CLEARING LIST Tech/Qual WORDS IN SCIENTOLOGY COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST STUDY CORR. LIST 2 which did not give the references to be high crimed before clearing words on a pc and did not give the type of word clearing to be used.) (Revision in Script) COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST WORDS LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 52R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words used in HCOB 27 Mar 72R II COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST STUDY CORR. LIST 2R. These words should be cleared on the Course Supervisor (the pc) before the list is actually assessed on him per HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS. An auditor must have received high crime checkouts himself from Qual on the above references before clearing these words in session on the Course Supervisor (pc). The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing while clearing these words on the Course Supervisor (pc). These words need only be cleared once in the Course Supervisor's (pc's) auditing if correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared these words on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET) WORDS FROM THE COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST A, ability, about, afraid, after, agreeable, all, already, an, and, another, answer, any, anyway, apply, ARC Break, are, as, attained, available. Be, been, being, believe, bog, bogged, bound, bulletins, by. Can, cannot, can't, case, certain, class, classroom, clearing, competence, conflict, confront, confronted, consequences, consider, control, correction, course, cross, covered. Definition, demos, did, didn't, disagreements, do, does, dog, doing, done, don't, double, drugs, duress. Each, else, encountered, enough, every, experimenting. Fail, falsify, feel, find, fixed, F/Ning, for, forced, found, found out, from, fully. HCOB 25.7.80R - 2 - Get, getting, give, giving, go, good, graduated, graduates. Had, handle, handled, has, hasn't, hatted, have, he, helped, helping, here, how. Ideas, if, important, in, in order to, interesting, instead, interpreting, interrupting, is, issues, it. Knew, know, knowledgeable. Lack, leaving, less, like, list, lists, listen, listened, losses, lots. Make, make it, many, materials, meter, M9, methods, misemotion, missing, misunderstood, misunderstoods, more. Native, neglecting, never, new, no, not. Of, on, once, or, order, orders, other, others, outnesses, over, overt, overts, overwhelmed, own. Patience, people, physically, policy, popular, post, powerful, preventing, problems, product, prove, purpose. Questions. Rather, really, reason, refer, regulated, responsible, right. Said, same, second, should, shouldn't, situations, so, some, somebody, someone, something, staff, started, statistic, stats, status, still, student, Student Hat, students, studied, study, subject, supervise, supervised, supervising, supervision, supervisor, supervisors, suppressive. Tape, tapes, teach, teaching, tech, tell, than, that, the, their, them, then, there, these, things, think, thinking, third, third partying, through, time, tired, to, told, too, trouble, TRs, trying. Unable, understand, understanding, unwell, upset, use, using. Verbal. Want, were, what, when, who, why, will, with, withholds, word, words, work, worked, working, works, worth, would, wrong. You, your, yourself. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SK:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=23/7/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CONFESSIONAL REPAIR LIST -- LCRD  Type = 12 iDate=8/12/72 Issue=0 Rev=2 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JULY 1980 Remimeo CANCELS AND REPLACES BTB 8 DEC 72RA SAME TITLE CONFESSIONAL REPAIR LIST -- LCRD This is the Prepared List to use for repairing/correcting Confessionals, whether done in session or by a tech trained and qualified HCO terminal, or for repairing other O/W actions such as O/W write-ups. If, after a Confessional or O/W write-up, the person Red Tags at the examiner or if he gets sick or upset or falls on his head, this list is assessed and handled to straighten the matter out. The repair action would be a 24 Hour repair priority. If there is a bog during a Confessional action, the auditor would first check for Missed Withholds, False Reads and ARC Breaks in that order and handle what he found. (Ref. HCOB 30 Nov 78 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE.) This action will handle many bogs and resolve the difficulty. If it doesn't, use the following list. The list can be assessed Method 3 or Method 5. All reading items are handled to EP per the instructions given. The list should be used with a prefix which acts as a time limiter such as "In this session _______ ", "On your O/W write-up _______ ", etc. PRECLEAR: _____________________________ DATE: ________________________________ AUDITOR: _____________________________ 1. OUT INT? _______ Check to make sure the read on Int is a valid read and not a protest or false read. If it is a valid read, end off for C/S instructions. 2. LIST ERROR? _______ L4BRA and handle. 3. DID YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK? _______ ARCU, CDEINR E/S to F/N. 4. DID YOU HAVE A PROBLEM? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. 5. HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED? _______ Pull it getting who nearly found out, etc. E/S to F/N. 6. DID YOU TELL PART OF A WITHHOLD BUT NOT THE REST? _______ Get all of the withhold, flatten it E/S to F/N. 7. DID YOU MISDIRECT THE AUDITOR? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. Flatten any unflat Confessional chains uncovered. HCOB 23.7.80 - 2 - 8. DID YOU AVOID TELLING ONE OVERT BY GIVING A DIFFERENT ONE? _______ Pull it, E/S to F/N. 9. WERE YOU WAITING FOR A MORE ACCURATELY WORDED QUESTION? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. Then pull any overt chains that were missed. 10. DID THE AUDITOR FAIL TO FIND OUT SOMETHING ABOUT YOU? _______ Get what, flatten it E/S to F/N. 11. WERE YOU WORRIED ABOUT REPUTATION? _______ Clean it up 2WC E/S to F/N. 12. ARE THERE OPINIONS YOU DON'T DARE SAY? _______ Get what. 2WC E/S to F/N. 13. ARE YOU HERE FOR UNDISCLOSED REASONS? _______ Find out why he's here, 2WC E/S to F/N. Note for further handling. 14. WAS THERE AN EARLIER OVERT UNDISCLOSED? _______ Pull it and clean it up E/S to F/N. 15. WAS A CHAIN OF OVERTS NOT TAKEN BACK TO BASIC? _______ Take it back to basic. 16. ARE YOU WITHHOLDING ANYTHING? _______ Get what it is, E/S to F/N. 17. DID YOU TELL ANY HALF-TRUTHS? _______ Get all of the withhold, flatten it E/S to F/N. 18. WAS THERE SOMETHING THE AUDITOR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN ABOUT YOU THAT HE DIDN'T? _______ Get what. Pull it E/S to F/N. 19. DID YOU FAIL TO ANSWER A CONFESSIONAL QUESTION? _______ Find out which question and handle. 20. IS THERE MORE THAT SHOULD BE KNOWN ABOUT SOMETHING? _______ Get it all E/S to F/N. 21. WAS A READ MISSED? _______ Find out on what question and handle it to EP. 22. WAS A READING QUESTION NOT TAKEN UP? _______ Find out which question and handle it to EP. 23. DID THE AUDITOR CALL AN F/N WHEN YOU DIDN'T FEEL YOU WERE F/NING? _______ Indicate it if so. 2WC E/S to F/N. Find out what question or overt was being handled and handle it to F/N. 24. DID YOU TELL A LIE? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N ensuring you get the lie or what he was covering up by lying and who missed it. Then flatten any unflat questions uncovered if necessary. 25. WAS A QUESTION LEFT UNFLAT? _______ Find out which one, indicate it, flatten it. HCOB 23.7.80 - 3 - 26. DID YOU HAVE TO GET THE SAME W/Hs OFF MORE THAN ONCE? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. 27. WAS THERE A FALSE READ? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. Indicate the false read if so. Can also clean it up with suppress, inval, protest, if needed. 28. SOMEONE DEMANDED A W/H YOU DIDN'T HAVE? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. Indicate it if so. 29. WAS THERE A FALSE ACCUSATION? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. 30. HAD YOU TOLD ALL? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. Indicate it if so. 31. HAS AN OVERT BEEN PROTESTED? _______ Get what it was and get in protest button on it, check for E/S. 32. WAS THERE A WITHHOLD THAT KEPT COMING UP? _______ Get who wouldn't accept it, who said it still read. Indicate false read. 2WC the concern. 33. WERE THERE OVERTS OR WITHHOLDS THAT WEREN'T ACCEPTED? _______ Get what. Get who wouldn't accept it. Get off any protest and inval, and clean it up E/S to F/N. 34. DID THE AUDITOR NOT HEAR OR ACKNOWLEDGE WHAT YOU SAID? _______ Indicate the BPC. Get what the auditor missed and clean it up E/S to F/N. 35. DID THE AUDITOR GET ANGRY AT YOU? _______ If this happened, indicate it is illegal to do so. 2WC E/S to F/N. Clean up any ARC Break to F/N. 36. WERE YOU AFRAID OF WHAT MIGHT HAPPEN? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. 37. WAS THERE AN INJUSTICE? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. 38. WAS THERE A BETRAYAL? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. 39. WAS ANYTHING SUPPRESSED? _______ Clean it up E/S to F/N. 40. WAS ANYTHING INVALIDATED? _______ Clean it up E/S to F/N. 41. WAS ANYTHING PROTESTED? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. 42. WAS THERE ANY EVALUATION? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. 43. HAS SOMETHING BEEN MISUNDERSTOOD? _______ Clean it up, clearing any MU words each to F/N. 44. WAS THERE SOMETHING WRONG WITH THE METER OR CANS? _______ False TA handling. HCOB 23.7.80 - 4 - 45. WERE YOU TIRED OR HUNGRY? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. 46. HAD YOU RECENTLY TAKEN DRUGS _______ MEDICINE _______ ALCOHOL _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. Note for C/S. 47. HAS SOMETHING BEEN OVERRUN? _______ Get what, rehab. 48. WAS A QUESTION OVERRUN? _______ Find out which question and rehab. 49. WAS AN F/N MISSED? _______ Find out on what and rehab. 50. WAS SOME ACTION UNNECESSARY? _______ Find out what it is. Indicate it if so. E/S to F/N. 51. WAS THE PURPOSE OF THE CONFESSIONAL ALREADY FULFILLED? _______ 2WC to find out, if so. Indicate it if so. Rehab the EP of the Confessional. 52. WERE YOU IN THE MIDDLE OF ANOTHER AUDITING ACTION? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. Note for C/S. 53. IS THERE ANOTHER CONFESSIONAL LIST MORE APPROPRIATE TO YOUR SCENE? _______ 2WC E/S to F/N. Note for C/S. 54. WAS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG? _______ If so and it doesn't clean up on 2WC, GF M5 and handle. 55. HAS THE UPSET BEEN HANDLED? _______ 2WC. If so, indicate it to F/N. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Revisions assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:RTCU:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Revisions assisted by Research and Technical Compilations Unit for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=12/7/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=5/11/82 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE BASICS OF ETHICS   Remimeo All HCOs Tech Sec Qual Sec Ds of T Supervisors Ethics Officers Cramming Officers Students All Staff All Hats  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 12 JULY 1980R Remimeo REVISED 5 NOVEMBER 1982 All HCOs Tech Sec (Also issued as HCO PL, same date, same title.) Qual Sec Ds of T Supervisors Ethics Officers Cramming Officers Students All Staff All Hats (Revised to include in the references additional early works on the subject of Ethics, to provide some added data on the subject and to correct a section of the issue which in its wording seemed to infer that by starting an ethics cycle on himself a person begins going downhill -- which is not the case.) THE BASICS OF ETHICS References: Dianetic Auditor's Bulletin PREVENTIVE DIANETICS Vol 1, No. 12, June 1951 (Section on Morals & Ethics) Tech Vol I, Page 113 PAB No. 40 THE CODE OF HONOUR 26 Nov 1954 Tech Vol II, Page 104 Book: SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL Chapter 21, ETHIC LEVEL HCO PL 9 Jul 80 ETHICS, JUSTICE AND THE DYNAMICS ETHICS AND JUSTICE PACK IN VOLUNTEER MINISTER'S HANDBOOK HCO PL 1 Sep 65 ETHICS PROTECTION HCO PL 29 Apr 65 ETHICS REVIEW HCO PL 27 May 60 DEAR SCIENTOLOGIST HCO PL 12 Apr 65 JUSTICE HCO PL 11 May 65 ETHICS OFFICER HAT HCO PL 6 Mar 66 REWARDS AND PENALTIES, HOW TO HANDLE PERSONNEL AND ETHICS MATTERS HCO PL 29 Dec 66 MATTERS JUDICIAL HISTORICAL PRECEDENCE OF ETHICS HCO PL 18 Jun 68 ETHICS HCO PL 4 Oct 68 ETHICS PRESENCE Rev. 8.7.80 HCO PL 7 Dec 69 ETHICS, THE DESIGN OF HCO PL 7 Dec 69 II THE ETHICS OFFICER, HIS CHARACTER HCO PL 24 Feb 69 JUSTICE HCO PL 7 Sep AD13 COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE SCIENTOLOGY JURISPRUDENCE, ADMINISTRATION OF HCO PL 17 Mar 65 ADMINISTERING JUSTICE HCO PL 24 Feb 72 INJUSTICE Throughout the ages, man has struggled with the subjects of right and wrong and Ethics and Justice. The dictionary defines Ethics as: "The study of the general nature of morals and of the specific moral choices to be made by the individual in his relationship with others." HCOB 12.7.80R - 2 - Rev. 5.11.82 The same dictionary defines Justice as: "Conformity to moral right, or to reason, truth or fact," or: "The administration of law." As you can see, these terms have become confused. All philosophies from time immemorial have involved themselves with these subjects. And they never solved them. That they have been solved in Dianetics and Scientology is a breakthrough of magnitude. The solution lay, first, in their separation. From there it could go forward to a workable technology for each. ETHICS consists simply of the actions an individual takes on himself. It is a personal thing. When one is ethical or "has his ethics in" it is by his own determinism and is done by himself. JUSTICE is the action taken on the individual by the group when he fails to take these actions himself. HISTORY These subjects are, actually, the basis of all philosophy. But in any study of the history of philosophy it is plain that they have puzzled philosophers for a long time. The early Greek followers of Pythagoras (Greek philosopher of the sixth century B.C.) tried to apply their mathematical theories to the subject of human conduct and Ethics. Some time later, Socrates (Greek philosopher and teacher 470? - 399 B.C.) tackled the subject. He demonstrated that all those who were claiming to show people how to live were unable to defend their views or even define the terms they were using. He argued that we must know what courage, and justice, law and government are before we can be brave or good citizens or just or good rulers. This was fine but he then refused to provide definitions. He said that all sin was ignorance but did not take the necessary actions to rid Man of his ignorance. Socrates' pupil, Plato (Greek philosopher, 427? - 347 B.C.) adhered to his master's theories but insisted that these definitions could only be defined by pure reason. This meant that one had to isolate oneself from life in some ivory tower and figure it all out -- not very useful to the man in the street. Aristotle (Greek philosopher 384 - 322 B.C.) also got involved with Ethics. He explained unethical behavior by saying that Man's rationality became overruled by his desire. This chain continued down the ages. Philosopher after philosopher tried to resolve the subjects of Ethics and Justice. Unfortunately, until now, there has been no workable solution, as evidenced by the declining ethical level of society. So you see it is no small breakthrough that has been made in this subject in the last 80 years or so. We have defined the terms, which Socrates omitted to do, and we have a workable technology that anyone can use to help get himself out of the mud. The natural laws behind this subject have been found and made available for all to use. HCOB 12.7.80R - 3 - Rev. 5.11.82 ETHICS Ethics is so native to the individual that when it goes off the rails he will always seek to overcome his own lack of Ethics. He knows he has an Ethics blind spot the moment he develops it. At that moment he starts trying to put Ethics in on himself and, to the degree that he can envision long-term survival concepts, he may be successful, even though lacking the actual tech of Ethics. All too often, however, the bank is triggered by an out-ethics situation and, if the individual has no tech with which to handle it analytically, his "handling" is to mock up motivators. In other words, he tends to believe or pretend that something was done to him that prompted or justified his out-ethics action, and at that point he starts down hill. It is not his attempt to get his Ethics in that does him in. It is the automaticity of the bank which kicks in on him and his use of a bank mechanism at this point which sends him down the chute. When that happens, nobody puts him down the chute harder, really, than he does himself. And, once on the way down, without the basic technology of Ethics he has no way of climbing back up the chute -- he just caves himself in directly and deliberately. And even though he has a lot of complexities in his life, and he has other people doing him in, it all starts with his lack of knowledge of thy technology of Ethics. This, basically, is one of the primary tools he uses to dig himself out. BASIC NATURE OF MAN No matter how criminal an individual is, he will be trying, one way or another, to put Ethics in on himself. This explains why Hitler invited the world to destroy Germany. He had the whole war won before September, 1939, before he declared war. The allies were giving him everything he wanted; he had one of the finest intelligence organizations that ever walked; he had Germany well on the way to getting her colonies back and the idiot declared war! And he just caved himself and Germany right in. His brilliance was going at a mad rate in one direction and his native sense of Ethics was causing him to cave himself in at a mad rate in the other direction. The individual who lacks any Ethics technology is unable to put in Ethics on himself and restrain himself from contra-survival actions so he caves himself in. And the individual is not going to come alive unless he gets hold of the basic tech of Ethics and applies it to himself and others. He may find it a little unpalatable at first, but when you're dying of malaria you don't usually complain about the taste of the quinine: you may not like it, but you sure drink it. JUSTICE When the individual fails to put in his own Ethics, the group takes action against him and this is called Justice. HCOB 12.7.80R - 4 - Rev. 5.11.82 I have found that Man cannot be trusted with Justice. The truth is, Man cannot really be trusted with "punishment". With it he does not really seek discipline, he wreaks injustice. He dramatizes his inability to get his own Ethics in by trying to get others to get their Ethics in: I invite you to examine what laughingly passes for "Justice" in our current society. Many governments are so touchy about their divine rightness in judicial matters that you hardly open your mouth before they burst into uncontrolled violence. Getting into police hands is a catastrophe in its own right in many places, even when one is merely the plaintiff, much less the accused. Thus, social disturbance is at maximum in such areas. When the tech of Ethics isn't known, Justice becomes an end-all in itself. And that just degenerates into a sadism. Governments, because they don't understand Ethics, have "Ethics Committees" but these are all worded in the framework of Justice. They are even violating the derivation of the word Ethics. They write Justice over into Ethics continuously with medical ethics committees, psychological ethics committees, Congressional committees, etc. These are all on the basis of Justice because they don't really know what Ethics is. They call it Ethics but they initiate Justice actions and they punish people and make it harder for them to get their own Ethics in. Proper Justice is expected and has definite use. When a state of discipline does not exist the whole group caves in. It has been noted continually that the failure of a group began with a lack of or loss of discipline. Without it the group and its members die. But you must understand Ethics and Justice. The individual can be trusted with Ethics, and when he is taught to put his own Ethics in, Justice no longer becomes the all-important subject that it is made out to be. BREAKTHROUGH The breakthrough in Scientology is that we do have the basic technology of Ethics. For the first time Man can learn how to put his own Ethics in and climb back up the chute. This is a brand new discovery; before Scientology it had never before seen the light of day, anywhere. It marks a turning point in the history of philosophy. The individual can learn this technology, learn to apply it to his life and can then put his own Ethics in, change conditions and start heading upwards toward survival under his own steam. I hope you will learn to use this technology very well for your own sake, for the sake of those around you and for the sake of the future of this culture as a whole. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Adopted as Official Church Policy by the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY INTERNATIONAL CSI:LRH:dr:iw Copyright $c 1980, 1982 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Adopted as Official Church Policy by the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY INTERNATIONAL   Type = 11 iDate=30/6/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST WORDS  Type = 12 iDate=15/11/74 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1980R Remimeo C/Ses (Cancels BTB 15 November 1974 CLEARING LIST WORDS IN Auditors SCIENTOLOGY STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST which did not Tech/Qual give the references to be high crimed before clearing words on a pc and did not give the type of word clearing to be used.) (Revisions in Script) STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST WORDS REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 52R, Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38, METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64, THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 15 Nov 74 STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST. These words should be cleared on the student (as the pc) before the list is actually assessed on him per HCOB 9 Aug 78 Iss II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on the student (pc). The auditor uses Method 5 word clearing when clearing these words on the student (pc). These words need only be cleared once in the student's (pc's) auditing if they were correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared these words on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the student's pc folder. (Ref. Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET) WORDS FROM THE STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST A, about, added, advice, after, alcohol, already, an, and, apply, ARC, ARC Breaks, at, attestation, audit, auditing, available. Bad, best, booted. Came, certificates, checksheet, clear, clearing, coaching, confused, couldn't, course, courses. Dictionary, didn't, disagreements, dispute, do, downgraded, drugs, duress. HCOB 30.6.80R - 2 - Each, earlier, eat, else, enough, error, ethics, evaluation, eyesight exam examination. Failed, false, family, fees, find, flunked, for, forced, from, fully. Gave, get, getting, given, God. Had, hadn't, have, having, HCOBs, help. In, interference, interpreted, interruptions, invalidation. Kept, knew, known. Lied, list, live, lots. Mad, made, master, materials, meter, method, method one, missing, misunderstood, money. Never, no, nobody, not. Of, off, often, on, or, other, out, out-ethics, out-2D, over. Passed, pay, people, personal, physical, place, players, practical, prevented, problem, problems, PTS. Quotas. Reason, reasons, registrars, restim, resulting, rules. Scientology, service, set, similar, simply, sleep, some, someone, something, stated, stopped, student, studied, study, studying, subject, supervisor. Taking, tape, tape players, tapes, tech, terms, than, that, the, there, things, this, to, told, too, trouble, TRs, twin, 2D. Under, understand, understood, unreal, use. Verbal, violated. Was, were, weren't, when, why, with, withhold, word, word clearing, words, wrong. You, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SK:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=28/6/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=28/1/81 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  STUDENT CORRECTION LIST WORDS  Type = 12 iDate=1/12/74 Issue=2 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JUNE 1980R Remimeo REVISED 28 JANUARY 1981 C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual (Cancels BTB 1 Dec 74 Issue II CLEARING LIST WORDS IN SCIENTOLOGY STUDENT CORRECTION LIST which did not include the new words from the revised Student Correction List, HCOB 27 March 72RA.) (Revised to align with revision of HCOB 27 March 72RB Re-Revised 28 Jan 81 STUDENT CORRECTION LIST -- REVISED.) (Ellipses indicate deletions.) STUDENT CORRECTION LIST WORDS REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCO B 8 Jul 74R I Word Clearing Series 53R Rev. 24.7.74 CLEAR TO F/N HCO B 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCO B 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCO B 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 27 March 72RB STUDENT CORRECTION LIST. These words should be cleared on the student (as the pc) before the list is actually assessed on him per HCOB 9 Aug 78 Issue II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on the student (pc). The auditor uses Method 5 word clearing when clearing these words on the student (pc). This word list need only be cleared once in the student's (pc's) auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the student's pc folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET) WORDS FROM THE STUDENT CORRECTION LIST A, able, about, acceptable, admin, afraid, after, alcohol, all, already, an, and, another, any, application, ARC Break, ARC Broken, are, as, attest, available. Bad, basic, be, been, behavior, being, breaking, but, by. Can't, case, change, checksheet, class, clay demos, clear, clearing, cold, committed, completion, complicated, concerning, confused, consideration, correction, course, courses, cramming. HCOB 28.6.80R - 2 - Rev. 28.1.81 Data, decided, define, definitions, demo kit, demos, determinism, Dianetics, dictionaries, dictionary, did, didn't, diet, difficult, disagreements, disinterested, distracted, distracting, distraction, do, doesn't, doing, done, don't, drugs, duress. Earlier, eat, else, enough, environment, errors, eyesight. Failed, falsely, falsify, fellow, find, finish, finishing, first, follow, for, found, frequent, from, fully, fun. Getting, given, go, gone, gradient, guide. Had, hadn't, has, hasn't, hat, have, haven't, hear, help, him, hit, hot, how. Ill, in, incomplete, interpreted, interruptions, invalidated, invalidation, is, it. Kit, know. Lack, language, learned, life, lighting, like, list, listen, listening, ... lose. Made, manual, many, mass, materials, mean, medicine, memory, method, method one, method three, missing, misunderstood, misunderstoods, mixing, more. Native, need, never, no, noisy, not. Of, on, or, other, others, out 2D, over, overt, overts, own. Pack, packs, part, participate, past, personal, physically, poor, practical, practice, prerequisites, printed, problem, PTS. Rather, read, really, reason, refused, ... remember, room, restim, rushed. Said, same, Scientology, section, seeking, self, set, should, shouldn't, similar, skipped, small, smoke, some, somebody, someone, something, source, speak, stats, status, student, student's, students, studies, study, studying, subject, supervisor, supervisors, supposed, system. Tapes, targets, tech, terms, the, there, think, this, threat, time, tired, to, told, too, trick, trouble, troubled, twin, typographical. Under, understanding, unreal, ... upset, use, using. Ventilation, verbal. Want, was, were, weren't, what, when, why, win, with, withheld, withhold, withholds, without, won't, word, words, work, would, wrong. You, your, you're, yourself, you've. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Revision assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BDCSC:LRH:RTC:nc BOARD OF DIRECTORS Copyright $c 1980, 1981 of the by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED of CALIFORNIA  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Revision assisted by Research & Technical Compilations Unit Accepted by the BOARD OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY of CALIFORNIA   Type = 11 iDate=24/6/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Survival Rundown Series 16 WHO DOES THE SURVIVAL RUNDOWN?   Remimeo Dissem Secs Distrib Secs Regges C/Ses  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JUNE 1980 Remimeo (Also HCO PL 24 June 1980) Dissem Secs Distrib Secs Regges C/Ses Survival Rundown Series 16 WHO DOES THE SURVIVAL RUNDOWN? Ref: HCOB 1 May 1980 SRD Series 1 THE SURVIVAL RUNDOWN HCOB 4 May 1980 SRD Series 4 C/S Series 110 C/SING THE SURVIVAL RUNDOWN HCOB 23 Dec 1971 C/S Series 73 THE NO-INTERFERENCE AREA HCOB 12 May 1980 DRUGS AND OBJECTIVE PROCESSES The Survival Rundown has been especially developed as the next step after the Purification Rundown. The Survival Rundown results in a person feeling in present time and able to control and put order into the environment. He will have greatly increased survival potential. The majority of pcs do need the Survival Rundown and they should get it at an appropriate place in their program; the best time being immediately following the Purification Rundown. The C/S adjudicates this of course with full use of the C/S Series and the Survival RD Series. The only prerequisite for the Survival RD is the Purification RD. WHO WOULD NOT BE PUT ON THE SURVIVAL RD? Any pc who is on or between R6EW, Clearing Course, OT I, OT II or OT III, or who has received NED for OTs auditing would not be put onto the Survival Rundown. The above are the only Grade Chart points where a pc can not receive the Survival RD. (Note: The Survival RD has not yet been piloted on any pcs who are on or have completed NED for OTs so such pcs are not to be C/Sed onto the Survival RD at this time.) The Survival Rundown is the key to increased survival for your public, staff and the org. Most importantly, it is a big step on the Bridge and it opens the way to mental and spiritual processing with more gains than ever before. Flood people onto the Survival Rundown. Your org will boom with this rundown. It changes lives! L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:MM:bk Copyright $c 1980 As assisted by by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Tech Project I/C  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by Tech Project I/C   Type = 11 iDate=23/6/80 Volnum=0 Issue=2 Rev=1 rDate=15/9/80 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST WORDS  Type = 12 iDate=9/4/72 Issue=4 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex Remimeo C/Ses HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JUNE 1980R Auditors ISSUE II Tech/Qual REVISED 15 SEPTEMBER 1980 (Cancels BTB 9 Apr 72R IV CLEARING LIST WORDS IN SCIENTOLOGY WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST as it did not include the new words from the revised WCCL, HCOB 27 Nov 78 WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST.) (Revisions in Script) WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST WORDS REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH Rev. 21.6.75 HCOB 8 Jul 74R I CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I Word Clearing Series 38 METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I Word Clearing Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 27 Nov 78 WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST. These words should be cleared on the pc before the list is actually assessed on him per HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. These words need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if they were correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared these words on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET) WORDS FROM THE WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST A, about, action, actual, already, an, any, apply. Basic, been, being, but, by, by-passed, by-passed charge. Cans, case, clear, cleared, clearing, confused, couldn't, courses. Defined, definition, definitions, demo, dictionary, did, didn't, difficult, distracted, do, done, during. Earlier, else, enough, evaluation. Fail, family, feel, find, first, F/N (noun and verb), F/Ns, forgetting, fully. Get, good. Hands, has, have, hear, him, hopeless. Improper, in, in regard to, indicated, invalidated, invalidation, is it. HCOB 23.6.80R II - 2 - Just. Keep, kept, knew, knowingness. List, look, look up. Make, missed, misunderstood, misunderstoods. Need, not, nothing. Of, on, or, other, out-ruds, over, overrun, overwhelmed. Place, protest, protesting, puzzled. Read, reading, really, regard, rid. Said, school, Scientology, sentences, should, similar, sized, some, something, specialized, still, studied, study, subject, subjects. Technical, tell, than, that, the, them, there, these, tired, to, training, try. Understand, understood, unreading, use, using. Was, wasn't, were, what, when, which, why, win, with, word, word cleared, word clearer, word clearing, words, wrong. You, your. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:SK:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=23/6/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=25/2/82 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CHECKING QUESTIONS ON GRADES PROCESSES   Remimeo All Auditors C/Ses Academy Levels Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JUNE 1980R Remimeo REVISED 25 FEBRUARY 1982 All Auditors C/Ses CANCELS THE ORIGINAL ISSUE Academy Levels Tech Qual CHECKING QUESTIONS ON GRADES PROCESSES Ref: HCOB 12 Jun 70 C/S Series 2 PROGRAMMING OF CASES HCO PL 17 Jun 70RA URGENT AND IMPORTANT Re-rev. 27.4.81 TECHNICAL DEGRADES HCOB 19 Apr 72 C/S Series 77 Reiss. 30.8.80 KSW Series 8 "QUICKIE" DEFINED HCOB 27 May 70R UNREADING QUESTIONS AND ITEMS Rev. 3.12.78 HCOB 3 Dec 78 UNREADING FLOWS HCOB 30 Apr 79R C/S Series 106R Rev. 31.3.81 Dn Clear Series 12 AUDITING THE DIANETIC CLEAR (HCOB 23 Jun 80 was not written by myself and was not approved by me. It falsely stated that an auditor was not to check the processes of a Grade for a read before running that process. This was called to attention by Snr C/S Int.) EACH GRADE PROCESS, THAT IS RUN ON A METER, MUST BE CHECKED FOR A READ BEFORE IT IS RUN AND IF NOT READING, IT IS NOT RUN AT THAT TIME. I believe that the HCOB in question, HCOB 23 Jun 80 has created an Out Tech situation of pcs being run on unreading processes on Grades, leading to pc protest, out of sessionness and a tendency on some auditors' parts to cease to expect a process EP! Though the issue was purported to be a handling of quickying, it gave rise to quickying. "NO READS" A process or question or command can be suppressed or invalidated which would prevent a read and could cause a miss if these buttons were not gotten in. A process that has been started but left unflat (not taken to EP) may no longer read on the process question but would read on unflat? or incomplete? These rules apply to subjective grade processes; they do not apply to processes that are not fun on a meter such as objective processes or assists (except for metered assist actions). It is a Gross Auditing Error to run an unreading Grade process on a pc; it is also a Gross Auditing Error for an auditor to miss reads on processes or questions and so not run them. A C/S seeing too many processes or questions said to be unreading should suspect that the auditor's metering is out and get it checked in Cramming. If found to be out, order a retread or retrain of the E-Meter Drills and put the auditor through the drills given in HCOB 22 Apr 80, ASSESSMENT DRILLS. HCOB 23.6.80R - 2 - Rev. 25.2.82 Actually, a process that "doesn't read" stems from three sources: (a) The process is not charged; (b) The process is invalidated or suppressed or (c) Ruds are out in session. Factually PC interest also plays a part in this. I think quickying came from (1) Auditors trying to push past the existing or persistent FNs or (2) Auditors with TRs so poor that the pC was not in session. Nearly all grade processes and flows will read on PCs in that grade chart area unless the above two conditions are present. One also doesn't make a big production of checking as it distracts the PC. There is a system, one of many, one can use. One can say, "the next process is (state wording of the auditing question)" and see if it reads. This does not take more than a glance. If no read but, more likely, if it isn't charged, an FN or smoothly null needle, one hardly pauses and one adds "but are you interested in it?" PC will consider it and if not charged and PC in session, it will FN or FN more widely. If charged, the PC would ordinarily put his attention on it and you'd get a fall or just a stopped FN followed by a fall on the interest part of the question. It takes pretty smooth auditing to do this and not miss. So if in doubt, one can again check the question. But never hound or harass a PC about it. Inexpert checking questions for read can result in a harassed PC and drive him out of session so this auditing action, like any other, requires smooth auditing. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:dm:bk Copyright $c 1980, 1982 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=22/6/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  INT RD CORRECTION LIST WORDS  Type = 12 iDate=9/4/72 Issue=10 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qua  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 22 JUNE 1980 Remimeo C/Ses (Cancels BTB 9 April 1972R Issue X CLEARING LIST WORDS Auditors IN SCIENTOLOGY -- INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST REVISED Tech/Qua as it did not include the new words from the revised Int Rundown Correction List, HCOB 29 October 1971RA INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST REVISED.) INT RD CORRECTION LIST WORDS REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH HCOB 8 Jul 74R I CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I W/C Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 29 Oct 71RA Interiorization Rundown Series 12, INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST REVISED. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. These words need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if they were correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared these words on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref: Auditor Admin Series 6R, THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM INT RD CORRECTION LIST A, about, action, after, against, afraid, already, an, and, another, anything, anywhere, ARC Break, are, assessed, assessment, audited, auditor. Back, badly, be, because, been, begin, being, being in, being stuck in, body, button, by-passed, by-passed charge. Can't, cause, caused, chain, charge, clear, cleared, concept, concerned, concerning, confused, continues, correction. Damage, Dianetic, Dianetics, did, didn't, different, do, done, during. Earlier, else, End of Endless Int Repair RD, engram, engrams, errors, exterior. Failed, feel, find, first, flat, flow, for. Get, go, going, going in. Had, handling, has, have. If, in, incident, instead, Int, Int RD, interiorization, into, is, it, item. HCOB 22.6.80 - 2 - Jails, just. Leaving, left, letting, list, long. Misrun, misunderstood, move. Neglected, no, not. Of, okay, on, one, or, other, others, over, overdone, overrepaired, overrun, overt, out, out list. Part, past, perfectly, place, post, practice, problem, push. Read, recall, religion, repair, reviewed, run, rundown, running. Scientology, secondary, several, should, some, something, stuck, subject. Than, that, the, there, things, thinking, this, time, times, to, trying. Unflat, understand, unnecessary. Wanted, was, we, were, what, when, who, will, win, with, withhold, word, wording, worried, would, wrong. You, your, yourself. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by CMO Mission: Issues Revision 2nd for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:DO:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by CMO Mission: Issues Revision 2nd for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=20/6/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  L1C WORD LIST  Type = 12 iDate=9/4/72 Issue=6 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo C/Ses Auditors Tech/Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JUNE 1980 Remimeo C/Ses (Cancels BTB 9 April 1972 Issue VI which did not give Auditors the references to be high crimed before clearing words on Tech/Qual a pc and did not give the type of word clearing to be used.) L1C WORD LIST REFERENCES: HCO PL 4 Apr 72R III ETHICS AND STUDY TECH HCOB 8 Jul 74R I CLEAR TO F/N HCOB 21 Jun 72 I METHOD 5 HCOB 9 Aug 78 II CLEARING COMMANDS HCOB 17 Jul 79 I W/C Series 64 THE MISUNDERSTOOD WORD DEFINED These are the words from HCOB 19 March 1971 LIST-1-C L1C. These words should be cleared on the pc before the L1C is actually assessed per HCOB 9 Aug 78 Issue II CLEARING COMMANDS. The auditor must have received high crime checkouts from Qual on the above references before clearing these words on a pc. The auditor uses Method 5 Word Clearing when clearing these words on the pc. This word list need only be cleared once in the pc's auditing if it was correctly cleared the first time. The fact of having cleared this word list on the pc must be noted in the appropriate place in the pc's folder. (Ref. Auditor Admin Series 6R THE YELLOW SHEET.) WORDS FROM THE L1C A, acknowledged, action, actions, affinity, an, attention, auditing. Been, before. Command, communication, confusing, continued, cut. Data, decision, did, disappointed, done. Earlier, emotion, engram, error, evaluated, exterior. For. Given, go, goal, grasped. Has, have, haven't, help. Ignored, in, incident, interrupted, invalidated. Known. HCOB 20.6.80 - 2 - Listing, long. Made, meaning, missed, misunderstanding, misunderstood. No, not. Occurred, of, other, overrun. Perception, prevented, problem. Reality, reason, refusal, refused, rejected, rejection, restimulated. Said, shift, short, similar, situation, some, someone, something, startled, sudden. Than, the, there, too. Understood, unnecessary, upset. Was, what, withhold, willingness, word, wrong. You. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:MIR:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Mission Issues Revision for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=19/6/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  THE AUDITOR'S CODE  Type = 21 iDate=14/10/68 Issue=0 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Class VIIIs All Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1980 Remimeo (Also HCO PL 14 Oct 68RA Rev. 19 Jun 80) Class VIIIs All Auditors CANCELS HCO PL OF 14 OCT 1968R (Revisions in Script) THE AUDITOR'S CODE The pledge of practitioners of pastoral counseling. Required to be signed by the holders of or before the issuance of certificates for the certificates to be valid. I hereby promise as an auditor to follow the Auditor's Code. 1. I promise not to evaluate for the preclear or tell him what he should think about his case in session. 2. I promise not to invalidate the preclear's case or gains in or out of session. 3. I promise to administer only Standard Tech to a preclear in the standard way. 4. I promise to keep all auditing appointments once made. 5. I promise not to process a preclear who has not had sufficient rest and who is physically tired. 6. I promise not to process a preclear who is improperly fed or hungry. 7. I promise not to permit a frequent change of auditors. 8. I promise not to sympathize with a preclear but to be effective. 9. I promise not to let the preclear end session on his own determinism but to finish off those cycles I have begun. 10. I promise never to walk off from a preclear in session. 11. I promise never to get angry with a preclear in session. 12. I promise to run every major case action to a floating needle. 13. I promise never to run any one action beyond its floating needle. 14. I promise to grant beingness to the preclear in session. 15. I promise not to mix the processes of Scientology with other practices except when the preclear is physically ill and only medical moans will serve. HCOB 19.6.80 - 2 - 16. I promise to maintain Communication with the preclear and not to cut his comm or permit him to overrun in session. 17. I promise not to enter comments, expressions or enturbulence into a session that distract a preclear from his case. 18. I promise to continue to give the preclear the process or auditing command when needed in the session. 19. I promise not to let a preclear run a wrongly understood command. 20. I promise not to explain, justify or make excuses in session for any auditor mistakes whether real or imagined. 21. I promise to estimate the current case state of a preclear only by Standard Case Supervision data and not to diverge because of some imagined difference in the case. 22. I promise never to use the secrets of a preclear divulged in session for punishment or personal gain. 23. I promise to never falsify worksheets of sessions. 24. I promise to see that any fee received for processing is refunded following the policies of the Claims Verification Board, if the preclear is dissatisfied and demands it within three months after the processing, the only condition being that he may not again be processed or trained. 25. I promise not to advocate Dianetics or Scientology only to cure illness or only to treat the insane, knowing well they were intended for spiritual gain. 26. I promise to cooperate fully with the authorized organizations of Dianetics and Scientology in safeguarding the ethical use and practice of those subjects. 27. I promise to refuse to permit any being to be physically injured, violently damaged operated on or killed in the name of "mental treatment". 28. I promise not to permit sexual liberties or violations of patients. 29. I promise to refuse to admit to the ranks of practitioners any being who is insane. _______________________________________ Auditor _______________________________________ Date _________________________ _______________________________________ Witness Place L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:nt:bk for the Copyright $c 1968, 1976, 1980 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS by L. Ron Hubbard of the ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=1/6/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Co-Audit Series 5 C/SING FOR CO-AUDITS   Co-Audit Course Checksheets Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 1 JUNE 1980 Co-Audit Course Checksheets Tech Qual Co-Audit Series 5 C/SING FOR CO-AUDITS Ref: HCOB 2 Oct 71, C/S Series 63 C/SING FOR NEW AUDITORS OR VETERANS HCOB 16 Jun 70, C/S Series 6 WHAT THE C/S IS DOING HCOB 7 Apr 60, A NEW SUMMARY OF AUDITING The whole of the C/S Series applies, of course, in C/Sing for co-audits. But most particularly, where co-audits are involved, the C/S must remember that he is more often than not C/Sing for green, inexperienced auditors or, in the case of some co-audits, even non-tech trained auditors who are co-auditing on a read-it, drill-it, do-it basis. And the pc who is being audited by this new, untried auditor will himself be, more than likely, a new, inexperienced pc. This calls for a gradient approach, both from the standpoint of C/Sing for the case and C/Sing for the inexperienced auditor. The purpose of a co-audit is to get people up the Grade Chart. Any C/Sing is always done from that viewpoint. To accomplish this best on a co-audit, C/Ses are kept simple and within the do-ability of the pc and the auditor. The guidelines here are well laid out in HCOB 2 Oct 71, C/S Series 63, C/SING FOR NEW AUDITORS OR VETERANS, and the wise Co-Audit C/S will become very familiar with the cases and the abilities of his co-auditors and will use those guidelines accordingly. Because of these factors, the Co-Audit C/S will need to keep even a sharper eye out than usual for any of the things that can come up or go awry in a session and cut across the progress of the case. The main things to watch out for and get handled when they do occur are: 1. Pc going exterior. (Int Rundown Series) 2. Unhandled PTSness. (HCOB 31 Dec 78, Iss II, OUTLINE OF PTS HANDLING, and all of its referenced issues) 3. Unhandled Repair. (HCOB 31 Mar 80, C/S Series 109, CONDITIONAL STEP FOLLOWING THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN) 4. Previous incomplete processing needing completion. (C/S Series 109) 5. Mutual Out Ruds/Mutual Out Ethics. (HCOB 17 Feb 74, C/S Series 91, MUTUAL OUT RUDS, and HCOB 21 Aug 79, TWINNING) 6. Overrun/Underrun. (HCOB 19 Apr 72, C/S Series 77, "QUICKIE" DEFINED, and HCOB 21 Mar 74, END PHENOMENA) HCOB 1.6.80 - 2 - The point here is not so much that these are more likely to occur on a co-audit than elsewhere (though this may be true in some cases). The point is that when they do occur an inexperienced co-auditor is less likely to be aware of them or report them. And the pc himself is less likely to know what is going on. C/Sing for a co-audit is not a delicate business. Co-auditors are usually eager to jump in with both feet and get the job done. It's not a delicate business, but it is a matter of using a gradient approach. When the right gradient approach is used there's a lot of satisfaction for a C/S in bringing a co-audit team on up the line and winning, both as pcs and co-auditors. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:bk Copyright $c 1980 By L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=31/5/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Co-Audit Series 4 STAFF CO-AUDITS   All Orgs All Staff & Execs Qual Sec SSO Co-Audits  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MAY 1980 All Orgs All Staff & Execs Qual Sec SSO Co-Audit Series 4 Co-Audits STAFF CO-AUDITS (Refs: HCO PL 20 Jul 70 CASES AND MORALE OF STAFF Reiss. 26.12.79 HCO PL 14 Dec 70 Personnel Series 14 Org Series 10 GROUP SANITY HCO PL 17 Jun 63 STAFF CLEARING PROGRAM HCO PL 21 Oct AD12 AUDITING SUPERVISOR, AND AUDITING INSTRUCTORS, DUTIES OF HCOB 7 Apr 60 A NEW SUMMARY OF AUDITING HCOB 21 Aug 79 TWINNING HCO PL 22 May 76 STAFF SECTION OFFICER HAT HCO PL 30 Nov 76R ONLY SSO CAN TIP Rev. 25.4.79 HCO PL 29 Oct 79 SSO RESPONSIBILITY FOR STANDARD STAFF COURSES HCO PL 23 Jul AD19 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES CO-AUDIT SERIES HCOBs.) Org staffs are made up of individuals. The better the case shape of each individual staff member, the more viable the org. If an org is going to prosper, its staff must be getting audited, making case gain and actively progressing on the Grade Chart. Failure to use the tech on one's own staff is one of the fastest ways to allow the tech to go out or slip into disuse or become alter-ised. Staff need a reality on the tech they work so hard to deliver -- not just those technically trained who do the actual delivery but those working in admin capacities as well. And quite apart from the fact that inattention to staff cases will result in a failing org and dwindling viability and potential, is the fact that staff members work hard and deserve the benefit of the tech they are handling and making available to others. How does an org get all its staff audited? Every org should have Staff Staff Auditors as provided on the org board. Not all orgs do have them, but where they do these auditors serve a needed function and are valuable. The truth is, although they should, small orgs often don't have such an auditor and in a large org such auditors are hard put to handle all staff cases on a regular basis. So how does an org get all its staff audited? The answer of course is STAFF CO-AUDITS. We have had co-audit tech since the early days and it's high time we revitalized it and put it into active use as one of an org's standard functions. To create an immediate upsurge in staff morale, activity level and enthusiasm all you have to do is establish a going Staff Co-Audit. It takes only some good planning and a bit of HCOB 31.5.80 - 2 - determination. Among staff the need and the want and the interest is there. If you want to prove it just fan that interest a bit and watch what happens! HOW TO ORGANIZE A STAFF CO-AUDIT Qual is responsible for staff cases. A Staff Co-Audit would be organized and set up in Qual, in the Department of Enhancement under the SSO. The first actions of the Qual Sec and SSO would be to work out the bare bones essentials for a co-audit and get an I/C selected. An org of any size will require a Co-Audit I/C, and if the I/C is also going to be the Co-Audit Supervisor he had better be someone who knows how to audit and can run good 8-C or he won't be able to handle the entire scene or individual co-audit teams when they run into trouble. In a small org where there's no-one available to be the Co-Audit I/C, the SSO holds the hat from above. And if there's no SSO posted, it's the responsibility of the Qual Sec to get a Staff Co-Audit set up and running. But regardless of who does the initial planning and set up, there's got to be a trained Co-Audit Supervisor in attendance at all scheduled co-audit times who is actively running the show. And he will need at least some part time help. A Staff Co-Audit doesn't eliminate the need for Staff Staff Auditors. Staff Staff Auditors are very much a part of the Qual org board, and even with a staff co-audit running they would still need to handle individual cases and would also be used as Review auditors for the co-audit. If the org has no staff C/S, C/Ses will need to be set up. These can be assigned from trained staff who volunteer or are selected to help out on this basis after production hours. Get some space allocated, arrange for any needed furniture, chairs, tables, adequate paper, etc., and most important of all -- the needed tech materials. Don't let lack of equipment be a hug. In one successful co-audit a couple of years ago and in early co-audits as well, staff audited with a meter on one knee and a clipboard on the other! Not ideal but where it's necessary it can be done and simply adds to the esprit de corps. It's a matter of what it takes to get the job done. Set up a schedule that will accommodate the majority oi staff. Two scheduled co-audit periods may have to be arranged so as not to disrupt regular production. This would be done in liaison with other execs. As soon as the general plan is established, hold a rousing good staff muster and let the entire staff know what's going to be done. The Staff Co-Audit is for everyone -- the trained and the untrained. The original maxim holds true -- any two people can do it. The untrained will simply need tighter guidance in order to carry it off. Get some real enthusiasm generated and you'll find you have no shortage of volunteers to help with the initial set up. The way to get a staff co-audit rolling is to make it an all-hands action. HCOB 31.5.80 - 3 - The rest of the planning and execution takes shape from there. It includes: 1. Review of all staff cases and staff folders made ready for C/Sing. Get the staff cases sorted out as to category, as covered in HCO PL 20 Jul 70, CASES AND MORALE OF STAFF. Where staff cases have been neglected you may need a corps of FESers to begin with to get all the folders FESed so the C/S can operate with full data. 2. Get the folders programmed and C/Sed. 3. Arrange that any staff who need medical treatment, PTS handling or Ethics handling are handled on a priority basis so they can get onto the co-audit as soon as possible. This gets done simultaneously with getting the co-audit into operation. 4. While all this is going on, the Co-Audit I/C or the Co-Audit Supervisor or both get themselves trained up and boned up on all the tech on co-audits and how to run them. 5. Set up the necessary admin lines and lines for folders to and from the C/S. 6. Get the staff who can start immediately, twinned up according to comparable training and case level per HCO PL 23 Jul AD19, AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, HCOB 21 Dec 79, C/S Series 107, AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, etc., and HCOB 21 Aug 79 TWINNING. Note: It's not ideal to twin up family members or marital teams, if it can be arranged otherwise. The possibility of mutual out ruds between such teams is greater as well as the possibility of overts or withholds from each other, which may result in unnecessary difficulty on the co-audit. Twin them up with other partners and it will all go more smoothly. Additionally, don't break up any successful existing co-audit teams when setting up the co-audit. Keep these maintained. 7. START the staff co-audit and keep it rolling. WHAT IS RUN ON A STAFF CO-AUDIT All programming and C/Sing of cases for a staff co-audit is done against the Grade Chart. On a staff co-audit you have two main zones of activity -- co-auditing for the trained and the untrained. In the first group you'll have staff with different levels of training and in both groups you'll have different levels of cases. Where twinning is concerned, the two groups are handled separately. Those in the trained group are twinned with others in the trained group, taking training and processing levels into consideration. Those in the untrained group are twinned with others in the untrained group, taking case levels and study speed into consideration. HCOB 31.5.80 - 4 - From there it's a matter of what needs to be run to get the person on or up the Grade Chart. While the co-auditing is all done in one room it will save wear and tear on the Co-Audit Sup to have the trained staff seated together in one section and the untrained staff together in another section nearby. This way he can more easily keep an eye on the new green auditors and pcs who will require the most attention. But he does not neglect one group for the other. (It is not mandatory for professionally trained co-auditors to be closely supervised in the class room while they are in session. They normally can be trusted to audit in a separate auditing room if the pc prefers this to the classroom co-auditing set up.) Ideally, all staff would do: 1. The Purification Rundown (not an audited action) 2. The Survival Rundown (which is designed for co-audit purposes for the trained and untrained alike, as well as for use in the HGC) and 3. The Drug Rundown in that sequence, if they have not already completed those steps. This is a matter for the C/S to determine according to individual cases. Those who are complete on the above opening steps for all cases would then be programmed for their next Grade Chart action, whatever that might be. TRAINED CO-AUDITORS: Trained personnel are expected to apply the skills of the highest level they were trained in if that's what is required for the pc. Some of them may need redrilling on certain actions or study of new bulletins that have come out since they were trained. When a team of trained staff co-auditors have completed all the processes of one Grade on each other at the level of any formal training they've had, they can move into auditing at the next higher level, either taking it on a read-it, drill-it, do-it basis or getting fully trained on that level before resuming their co-audit. UNTRAINED CO-AUDITORS: Co-auditing on the Survival Rundown provides an excellent starting point for new, beginning co-auditors. Should you have an untrained staff member who has already had full Objectives as a pc he could still train on the Survival Rundown steps and deliver them to his twin, and his twin would give him any Survival RD steps he hadn't previously received. If you have an untrained team where both have had full Objectives, or full Objectives and Drug Rundowns, they'd fill in any new or omitted steps and would be programmed for their next Grade Chart actions. You'd need to give these untrained staff co-auditors some basic definitions to begin with -- auditor, preclear, session, etc. Then teach them the comm cycle and get them through Co-Audit TRs. Do not make it a long runway. You want them in there auditing and they can be polished up as they go. Muzzled auditing is the keynote for the beginning co-auditor. It is covered fully in the HCOBs listed in Co-Audit Series 1 and the various tapes on co-audits given on the Co-Audit Supervisor Course Checksheet (HCO PL 2 Jun 80). It is simple enough for any co-auditor to do and it lends itself perfectly to the early Grade Chart processes as well. HCOB 31.5.80 - 5 - If the untrained co-auditor remains muzzled there's very little trouble he can get into. But he will hit some trouble spots somewhere along the line and he'll need to be bailed out by the Co-Audit Supervisor, set straight and given a boost to keep going. The attitude is always that he can do it, because the truth of the matter is that he can and he will make it, taken up on the right gradient approach. Untrained staff co-audit teams who are kept at it can get each other through the Survival Rundown, Drug Rundown, NED and the Grades, training and auditing on a read-it, drill-it, do-it basis as they go. They won't be fully classed auditors but the experience will be invaluable and the gains tremendous and it wouldn't take much to get them classified after that. Expanded Dianetics and power processing would only be co-audited by auditors fully trained and classed to deliver the tech of those processes. RESPONSIBILITY OF CO-AUDITORS: The entirety of the TWINNING HCOB (HCOB 21 Aug 79) applies to co-audit teams. That and The Auditor's Code make up the co-auditor's Bible. Co-auditors are responsible for getting each other through. They do twin checkouts, find and handle each other's misunderstoods, drill their materials until they're confident, and deliver the tech to each other. For the untrained, it's a read-it, drill-it, do-it operation and it makes auditors. A co-auditor is responsible for the quality of the auditing he gives and gets. You'll find most staff eager to meet the challenge. HOW A STAFF CO-AUDIT IS RUN All the tech on how to run a co-audit in HCOB 29 May 80, Co-Audit Series 2, and other Co-Audit HCOBs applies to a Staff Co-Audit. The I/C and any Staff Co-Audit Supervisor must know this tech well and keep it fully applied. Put a good auditor onto handling the Staff Co-Audit because he'll need to be able to handle all levels of cases, bail any of them out at any time, and run good 8-C on the entire room. He's got to be able to jump in and handle ruds if needed, spot bad indicators, find and indicate bypassed charge, assess lists, give D of P interviews, correct co-auditors and keep all the sessions moving. He's alert and on the move, with an eye on every session in progress: For a co-audit of any size (and most staff co-audits will be large) he'll need an assistant. The assistant can be assigned to the post or arranged for on a volunteer basis, but the Co-Audit Supervisor should be given back-up he can rely on. Running a large co-audit in a common room can be a noisy business, and there will be distraction for pc and auditor alike. But it can be done, preclears become used to it, auditing does get delivered, and it makes a far better auditor when one learns his trade under co-audit circumstances. Don't expect it all to go smoothly, because it won't. There's plenty of randomity on any co-audit but there's apt to be more of it on a staff co-audit because of the different case and training levels involved. The Co-Audit Supervisor holds it all together and keeps the co-auditors auditing. HCOB 31.5.80 - 6 - Staff Co-Audits are tightly scheduled and tightly controlled. There's a roll book kept, with a roll call for each scheduled period, graphs are kept, and all points of What Is A Course must be well in. With the twinning system firmly established it's not likely a Co-Audit MAA would be needed, but one can be assigned if it becomes necessary. Correction is done by pink sheets which are handled in the Co-Audit room. Should that not always be workable, the person could be sent to the Cramming Officer. But he must be handled swiftly so co-auditing is not held up. If a staff member simply is not making gains on the co-audit, even with debugging from the Co-Audit Supervisor, he would be turned over to a Staff Staff Auditor, an Intern or a Review auditor for auditing and returned to the co-audit when he could make it. Red tags on a staff co-audit, as in any other auditing, must be handled within 24 hours. The Co-Audit Supervisor rolls up his sleeves and makes sure it all gets done. And his job is made easier as it goes along by an enthusiastic and winning staff. Let's pump some new life into org staffs everywhere with Staff Co-Audits that get people up the Grade Chart. You have all the tech you need to do it. Everybody wins, and the boost in staff morale, in staff spirit and staff effectiveness will be quite astounding. It's the way to make fully qualified staff members. And you'll be making auditors at the same time! L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=30/5/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Co-Audit Series 3 SUPERVISING CO-AUDIT TRS   Co-Audit Courses Tech Qual  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MAY 1980 Co-Audit Courses Tech Qual Co-Audit Series 3 SUPERVISING CO-AUDIT TRS (Ref: HCOB 24 Dec 79 TRs BASICS RESURRECTED) Between Dept 17 TRs Courses for brand new people, which are fairly permissive, and Professional Auditor TRs which result in a smooth, flawless comm cycle required by a professional auditor, we have Co-Audit TRs. These are the TRs given to those who are not yet on the professional training route but who are training to give and receive auditing on a co-audit basis on rundowns and other co-audits designed for the non-professional. They are the same drills, TRs 0-4, that are done on the Professional TRs Course. They would be preceded by some study of the ARC Triangle and the Comm Formula. And Co-Audit TRs would also have to include Upper Indoc TRs. But on Co-Audit TRs, you are not trying to make a pro auditor. You give the co-auditor a chance to get his feet wet, to get a taste of what's expected of him on TR drills and to get some experience with them. You coach and supervise him to some good wins, to where he gets the hang of it, and you leave it at that. The way to accomplish this is to start him on an easy gradient and have him cycle through the TRs, getting a bit stiffer each time he cycles through. He would cycle through TRs 0-4 first, until he had achieved some confidence with those TRs. He would then go onto Upper Indoc TRs 6-9, cycling through those TRs 6-9, getting a bit stiffer each time through, until he had achieved some confidence with TRs 6-9. If the student is then having trouble and really flubbing on a certain TR, he might want to spend a bit more time on that one. But do not let him get stuck on trying to master one TR. The fault will be in an earlier TR or in the theory study of ARC and communication where something was not grasped or learned fully enough. So after he's had a go at the TR he finds difficult and is still not making it, put him back to the beginning to restudy the basics on ARC and communication and then put him through TRs 0-4 and 6-9 again. He'll come through it, and it needn't be a long drawn-out business. In fact, it should not be. You want him up to being able to apply his TRs passably in a co-audit session with a terminal of comparable case level and training to his own. That doesn't mean your coaching or supervision is any less spot on. It doesn't mean the co-auditor doesn't give it the best he's got, or that he's permitted to be sloppy or chop up pcs. It does mean that you don't demand of a person on a non-professional co-audit the same polish, the same expertise you're going to demand of a student on an auditor training course who will need to perfect his comm cycle to the point where he can handle any case, any pc, any situation confidently and with ease. HCOB 30.5.80 - 2 - Don't confuse these two levels of TRs. Don't let your professional auditors-in-training get by with anything less than perfect TRs. But with the person who's there to bootstrap his way through giving and getting some auditing any way he can, realize you're not out to make a professional auditor of him -- yet. Get him to the point where he can handle a session passably. When he's had some wins at that, when he's discovered just what can be accomplished in auditing sessions, he'll probably be reaching for professional auditor training. And that's when you give him professional auditor TRs, done the hard way. Keep Co-Audit TRs in their own sphere. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=29/5/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Co-audit Series 2 CO-AUDITS: HOW TO RUN THEM   Remimeo All Orgs Tech Qual Co-audit Supervisor Courses Supervisors C/Ses Survival Rundown Sup Checksheet  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 29 MAY 1980 Remimeo All Orgs Tech Qual Co-audit Supervisor Courses Co-audit Series 2 Supervisors C/Ses Survival CO-AUDITS: HOW TO RUN THEM Rundown Sup Checksheet One of the simple secrets of a successful co-audit is administration. Without smooth workable lines and hatted terminals on those lines who really know their business and run a snap and pop operation no org or mission can expect to succeed with their co-audits. However, where lines and terminals are in and functioning smoothly, rapidly, routinely, you'll have a high volume of co-auditors, many released pcs routing on to their next services, an active, uptone courseroom and new public banging on the door demanding co-audit courses. It's a very simple matter to run a highly successful co-audit. The key to that success is standard administration. This issue lays out the basic general features of administering co-audit courses. Any co-audit course, whether it is a specific rundown co-audit package, a professional co-audit on NED or the Grades or other type of co-audit, it follows the principles and guidelines laid out herein. CO-AUDIT REQUIREMENTS Any fair sized co-audit course, if one is to set it up to succeed, will require at least: A Co-audit Supervisor -- to supervise co-auditing actions. The co-audit supervisor must be tech trained to a level which enables him to handle the materials being co-audited. The level of tech training required for the co-audit supervisor will vary depending on the type of co-audit being supervised and the level of the materials being co-audited. Course Supervisors -- for the theory and practical sections of co-audits where some preparatory training is done. In a small org or mission these posts might be covered by one person, but it is not optimum. HCOB 29.5.80 - 2 - Add to this: A C/S to case supervise the co-auditing sessions. A Course Admin (who might be able to service more than one co-audit), and A Co-audit I/C, who has the overall responsibility for one or more co-audits. and one would have an ideal scene, personnel-wise, for a co-audit set up to deliver in volume and expand. CO-AUDIT THEORY (Ref: HCO PL 2 Dec AD12 SUPERVISOR'S STABLE DATA Reiss. 7.9.67 HCO PL 24 Oct 68 SUPERVISOR KNOW-HOW RUNNING THE CLASS HCOB 25 Mar 59 HAS CO-AUDIT AND COMM COURSE HCOB 25 Jun 71R BARRIERS TO STUDY.) Anyone dealing with the administration and supervision of a co-audit course must realize first and foremost that it is not a study course. It is not a study activity. It is a doingness activity. Students are there to do the actions of auditing, not to learn theory. This must be the supervisors' orientation towards the course. The students enrolling on the course are going to be eager beavers and the Course Supervisors must have the attitude of contributing to the enthusiasm the students will bring to the course. The students will be there to move further along the Bridge and this is what the supervisors must make sure happens. Auditing, auditing, auditing is what is stressed and that is what is delivered. On a professional co-audit, the co-auditors will have been already trained in the theory and skills of the level they are auditing. On a rundown co-audit package, co-auditors will often have no previous technical training. New co-auditors do have to learn what they will be applying but this has been cut down to the bare bones essentials. They are given mainly the "How" and only enough of the "Why" to make their co-audit actions meaningful. The student is not being trained here to think with his materials. He is being trained to exactly apply the auditing procedure rat-tat-tat. If the pc does "A", the auditor is trained to respond with "B". And auditor and pc alike soon learn that this produces results. Also, for all their eagerness these students will not necessarily have done a Student Hat so they will be operating without the benefit of a command of study tech. For these reasons, the supervisors must be particularly good at spotting and handling the manifestations of misunderstood words and manifestations of skipped gradients. The third barrier to study, lack of mass, probably won't be as prevalent on a co-audit as on a straight study course, but will possibly occur on any of the co-audit's theory sections. Not being trained in study tech, the students will not necessarily be able to spot these things. The supervisors must be alert for them and handle them when they occur. HCOB 29.5.80 - 3 - TWINNING AND COURSE ATTITUDE (Ref: HCOB 21 Aug 79 TWINNING HCO PL 21 Oct 62 AUDITING SUPERVISOR AND AUDITING INSTRUCTORS, DUTIES OF HCO PL 23 Jul AD19 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES HCOB 21 Dec 79 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES) HCOB 21 Aug 79 TWINNING is applied to the letter on co-audits. Nowhere is this piece of tech more applicable than on a co-audit course. Twinning also enhances the atmosphere the supervisors must establish on the course. Co-auditors are twinned according to comparable case and training level, as covered in the above references. Once twinned they are not musical chaired. It is important that the Co-audit Supervisor twin students correctly. Properly twinned co-auditors will fly along while poorly twinned ones will generate problems, and where there is a big difference in ability, create an out-exchange situation in which the faster twin is always coaching the slower one to get him to catch up. A Co-audit Course is a team activity. It is a jump-in-and-do-it activity and the supervisors establish this as the operating tone of the course from the first day. The activity level of the course is very high. The Co-audit Course supervisors would exemplify this attitude by being human dynamos in the courseroom and this would rub off on the students. The Co-audit supervisor's activity level must be high because he deals heavily in individual attention to each student, co-auditor and pc. He must maintain a high level of ARC with each student. He must always be approachable by the students and stay in good comm with them. The students will not be perfect students nor will they be free necessarily of their drug engrams (before their Drug RD) and these points make individual attention for students a prime supervisor duty. THE COURSE ROOM/THE CO-AUDITING ROOM The Course Supervisor(s) and the Co-audit Supervisor(s) have different and distinct zones of operation on a co-audit course. Ideally, the course is divided into a study section, a practical section and a co-audit section. These would exist in separate rooms, each with its own supervisor(s) in order to provide the best possible study and auditing environments. Where the above is not possible, the theory part of the co-audit course would be done in one room with the theory supervisor and the practical and co-auditing part of the course would be done in another room, with the co-audit supervisor. The theory and practical sections are not put together in the same room. (Ref. HCOB 24 Jan 77 TECH CORRECTION ROUND-UP.) HCOB 29.5.80 - 4 - The theory course room, practical course room and co-audit course room would be as near as possible to one another in the org. It is, after all, one course! In the co-audit room, the auditing tables would be set up with the auditors facing outwards from the center of the room and pcs facing inwards toward the center. In this way, the co-audit supervisor can monitor each session from the center with a minimum of walking about. NEW STUDENTS When a new student enrolls he is greeted and welcomed by the Course Supervisor (and the Co-audit Supervisor if available). Right then and there the student gets indoctrinated with the idea that this is a gung-ho activity, that the students help each other out and take responsibility for one another. He is also infoed about twinning and given the datum that the better the auditing he delivers the better will be the auditing he receives. This is factually true and has been proven over the years. He is informed that it is to his advantage and best interests to become as competent an auditor as possible. BEGINNING MUSTER The Co-audit Course begins on schedule with a roll call of both the students on theory and the co-auditor teams (who are mustered in the study room). Roll call is done this way so that there is only one roll book and accurate 8-C can be run. Tight scheduling must be maintained in both theory and co-audit room. Every minute counts if these students and co-auditors are to get the most out of their scheduled periods. Immediately after the initial muster the two teams split up -- students on theory sections to their seats in the study area; co-auditors to their sessions in the co-audit room. RUNNING THE COURSE All Points of HCO PL 16 Mar 71R WHAT IS A COURSE? must be in on any co-audit course. HCOB/PL 30 Oct 78 COURSES THEIR IDEAL SCENE must also be in. A standard roll book, routine roll call each period, student graphs, a progress Board, are all used. The materials that will be needed on the course must be readily available. (This includes auditor admin materials.) The course and the co-audit are both run with good stiff control and ARC. The Supervisor gets right onto targeting students for the period after the beginning muster. He then works to ensure every pair of students makes or surpasses their targets. If there are a lot of checkouts for him to do, it is best to have a sign-up sheet at the front of the room. This puts order into the activity and makes it predictable for the students. On a course of any size at all, a sign up sheet is a necessity to keep things from falling into chaos. HCOB 29.5.80 - 5 - Heaven forbid that the course supervisor would ever be caught at his desk during course hours! No. He would be right on the floor ensuring the students studying their course packs were learning the data and that the students drilling had their drills down cold. He'd be watching for students manifesting MUs and jumping in to handle when he spotted one. He gives students studying their packs spot checks to ensure they are getting what they are studying. If they aren't, he gets the MU found. If he can't get it located quickly, he sends the student to the course word clearer or, lacking one or when extensive word clearing is needed, to Qual for word clearing. On practical checkouts the Supervisor cannot really afford to turn it into a coaching session and get stuck with one pair of students at the expense of everyone else in the class. Either the student being checked out has the drill down or he doesn't. If he does, great, pass. If he doesn't, the Supervisor issues the student a pink sheet with the error(s) noted and what he has to do to correct it so the student will pass on the next checkout. Pink sheets are handled in the course/co-audit room, by the student co-auditor's twin or the supervisor. Only if the student became hopelessly bogged would he be sent to Cramming. The supervisor would give every student individual attention and wouldn't get stuck with any one pair of students for too long a period. He would be moving from team to team, seeing how they were doing, checking out their drilling, correcting outnesses when he saw them, always encouraging them and establishing the reality that they can audit successfully. He would use every bit of supervisor tech at his disposal to get students through their drilling and onto the co-audit. And quickly. The student reads the material, drills it and he does it. One, two, three. RUNNING THE CO-AUDIT The Co-audit Supervisor's job is to ensure that auditing occurs and that it is successful auditing and that the pcs make the expected gains on their auditing. Before the co-audit class starts, when the folders have come out from the C/S, the Co-audit Sup checks each one, notes what the pc needs and puts the folder in its proper stack (to Co-auditor, D of P, Declare, Co-audit Sup handling, Ethics, MO, Review, etc.). He then battle plans his day to get all the actions done in the proper sequence. For example, he would plan to do pc "A"'s D of P Interview, get pc "B" to the MO, get pc "C" into session with his co-auditor, make sure pc "D"'s MAA interview gets done by the MAA, etc. In this way he assures that the pcs make the fastest progress possible. He doesn't want to spend time on these administrative cycles once there are sessions going, so he gets them planned out before course. After roll call and muster at the start of class the Co-audit Supervisor gets right down to 8-Cing co-audit teams into session. He passes out the folders from the C/S and handles any questions or uncertainties the auditor may have about the C/S instructions. He does this by reference to course materials and not by verbal tech. He then arranges the co-audit teams in the auditing area and gets the sessions going. HCOB 29.5.80 - 6 - The Co-audit Sup must budget his time wisely so that maximum co-audit production can occur. If one twin needed ruds to start a session and another twin needed a D of P interview but would not be going right into session after it, the Sup would do the ruds first and get those twins into session. Then he would do the D of P interview. Once the sessions have started he is there observing the sessions. He acts as a monitor for each co-audit session. He ensures that if it's muzzled co-auditing that is to be done, the co-auditor remains muzzled giving only command and acknowledgement. He is there to help out if a co-auditor gets into something he can't handle. If a co-auditor gets into trouble he alerts the Co-audit Supervisor by putting his hand out behind him. The Co-audit Supervisor comes over and, getting in comm with both the auditor and pc, finds out what is happening. This is done with good TRs and all points of the Auditor's Code in. The Co-audit Supervisor would put in a good R-factor to the pc about what was going on and include the pc in any discussion. The pc may say he spotted why he had done something and that he felt really good at that point and that would be the bug right there -- overrun. In a metered session the Co-audit Supervisor might have to look over the worksheets to find out where the session went amiss. Once he finds the goof, he shows the auditor what to do per Source references, to remedy it and gives the pc another R-factor about what the auditor will do. The Co-audit Supervisor has to know his tech cold and be able to figure out at a glance what is wrong with a session and instruct the co-auditor (with the proper Source reference) what to do to put it right. At no time does he criticize or belittle the auditor, or in any way lower the auditor's altitude in the session. The Co-audit Supervisor doesn't violate Auditor's Code clause 20 by explaining or justifying any auditor mistakes to the pc. Nor does he invalidate the pc or evaluate for the pc and tell him what is going on with his case. The Supervisor steps in only to isolate the bug, get any BPC found and indicated and get the auditor to resume the session. If the cause of the session difficulty isn't apparent the Co-audit Supervisor would R-factor both pc and auditor that he is going to put the pc on the meter (if he isn't already) and find what's bugging the session. He makes it clear that he is not taking over auditing the pc; he is simply finding the session bug. He takes the auditor's chair and, using the appropriate prepared correction list for the co-audit materials he assesses it down to the first read and indicates it to the pc. If the co-auditor is trained to handle the read, the supervisor instructs the auditor on what to do to handle it (according to the list instructions) and gets the co-auditor back in the chair and running the session. (The co-audit supervisor would keep copies of the appropriate correction lists on his clipboard and readily available.) Should the Co-audit Supervisor find that what reads on the list is something that the co-auditor is not trained to handle but which the supervisor is qualified to handle (such as an out rud, overrun, etc.), the supervisor may handle it then and there providing it would not keep him away from supervising his other co-auditors for too long a period of time. HCOB 29.5.80 - 7 - As soon as the pc's BPC is handled to F/N and VGIs the supervisor turns the session back over to the co-auditor. If the trouble is something which would require more extensive handling, such as an Int Rundown or review auditing of some sort or if the Co-audit Supervisor is not qualified to handle the charge found on the prepared list, he would indicate the charge found to the pc and R-factor him that the folder would have to go back to the C/S for instructions. He would then turn the session back over to the auditor to end it. REPEATED SESSION BOGS The Co-audit Supervisor may find that after he has straightened out a session it bogs again. In this case the Supervisor would probably do the appropriate correction list Method 5, all the way through, and isolate all the points that were out. He would then get the co-auditor to handle them or handle them himself, as described above. In those cases where the Co-audit Supervisor was not qualified to handle the reads or where handling was lengthy, he would indicate to the Pc that the folder would have to go back to the C/S for further instructions and then turn the session back over to the auditor to end it. INTERRUPTING SESSIONS The supervisor must be able to quickly recognize any bad indicator and must stay on the alert for them. If he notices something going wrong in a session he doesn't have to wait until the auditor puts out his hand for help but can gently step in and handle. The Co-audit Supervisor must, however, give the auditor more than sufficient opportunity to spot that something is wrong with the session. If the supervisor interrupts sessions all the time and bypasses the auditor, the auditor may stop taking responsibility for the pc and the session because "if anything was wrong with the session the supervisor would jump in and take over". The auditor might decide he doesn't have to concern himself with how his pc is doing because "the Supervisor will do all of that". The goal in all of this is to get a win for the co-audit team and get the pc through his auditing. RULE The rule to follow in handling session difficulties is: IF THE CO-AUDITOR CAN HANDLE IT, HE HANDLES IT. The Co-audit Supervisor always maintains an encouraging attitude, good TRs and the certainty that the auditor will pull off the session. He never expects the auditor to do anything above his training level, but he does expect him to successfully audit what he has been trained to do. The Co-audit Supervisor never steals the co-auditor's hat, but only borrows it for very short periods of time and even then doesn't exclude the co-auditor from the proceedings. He doesn't allow himself to become the auditor no matter how much the pc may seem to demand it or how rattled the auditor may appear at having made some goof. With ARC and certainty he isolates the bug in the session, gets the co-auditor to straighten it out or straightens it out himself and gets the co-auditor to continue the session. HCOB 29.5.80 - 8 - POINT OF CAUTION The Co-audit Supervisor must be sure not to become the pc's auditor completely because then the pc is likely to reactively create more trouble in order to get further attention. If at all possible, the co-auditor must handle the session and bring his pc through it. Coming through a rough session to a win is a tremendous morale booster and nothing will more raise an auditor's confidence in the tech and his ability to apply it. AUDITORS DO NOT LEAVE THEIR PCS The Co-audit Supervisor never assists an auditor who has left the auditing chair or walked off from his pc to get the Co-audit Supervisor to help. Should an auditor leave his pc to seek assistance, the Co-audit Supervisor firmly, but with ARC tells the auditor to go back to his pc and put his hand out behind him. The supervisor then assists that auditor as soon as he possibly can. Permitting a co-auditor to leave his pc violates the Auditor's Code, Clause 10, "I promise never to walk off from a preclear in session", is bad form and adds unnecessary randomity to the co-audit room. Co-auditors must be R-factored about this procedure before they begin auditing. SESSION ADMIN The Co-Audit Supervisor monitors the sessions until the last one is finished. He gets the auditors to write up their sessions correctly and legibly for their pcs' folders. The supervisor is responsible for the quality of the co-auditors' admin and must see that the folder admin is correctly done. The Co-audit Supervisor also keeps a Log Book in which each co-auditor logs the number of hours he audits daily. In this way both the co-auditors and the Co-audit Supervisor have a ready record of the total number of hours co-audited for the week. Any co-auditors who finish their sessions early and have their admin done and folders turned in before the end of the class period can spend the remaining course time helping out by drilling with other students or drill themselves, etc. When the last session is over for the course period the Co-audit Supervisor gets the folders over to the C/S office after the co-auditors have written them up. He would make it a point to attend the end-of-class-muster and should ensure that his co-auditors are also there. However, sessions that were still in progress at the end of the course period would not be ended for these musters, nor would the Co-audit Supervisor leave any sessions in progress to attend the musters. END-OF-CLASS MUSTER This muster is held for the entire class, at the end of the course period. The purpose of the muster is to share wins and validate the students who are doing well and auditing. This has the effect of establishing for the other students that it can be done easily and that they, too, will make it. The supervisors should never miss an opportunity to make this point. Students who are auditing should be encouraged to relate their wins to the class. HCOB 29.5.80 - 9 - The Co-audit Supervisor can add to the wins being related by the students and co-auditors and pcs, and punch up for the students not yet auditing, the gains they can experience and the fact that they can do it. Besides boosting group morale -- it happens to be the truth. MUTUAL OUT RUDS The theory of mutual out ruds is covered in HCOB 17 Feb 74, C/S Series 91 MUTUAL OUT RUDS. Mutual out ruds can stack up on courses and the supervisors must be sharp in recognizing indicators in a pair of students with out ruds on the rest of the group, and get them handled. A co-audit team withdrawn or out of comm with the rest of the class could be a mutual ARC Break or withholds. A pair going around looking overly concerned or hunted likely have a mutual problem. Two students joking or being snide obviously have withholds from the group. Now these things could also stem from something misunderstood in their training and the supervisor must detect this and handle by finding the MUs and straightening out the student's drilling and procedure. Whatever the cause, the supervisor must not let mutual out ruds go unhandled and the C/S must order checks for mutual out ruds when necessary to keep a co-audit team's ruds in on each other and on the group. Failing to do this can cost dearly in terms of lost gains for pcs. Mutual out-ethics must be spotted and handled as well. BLOWY STUDENTS Students who are blowy or who have blown must be recovered and handled. They must first be checked for BPC in their sessions and out tech on their cases and then checked over for MUs and overts and withholds as co-auditors. Since they are engaged in both receiving and giving auditing, both aspects must be thoroughly checked. When the session BPC is found or the out-Int handled or the O/Ws pulled such blowy feelings will cease. The blown student's twin is responsible for recovering his course partner per HCOB 21 Aug 79 TWINNING. REMEDIES As mentioned before, students on the co-audit will be eager beavers but may be unhatted on study tech and will need help over any rough spots they may encounter in the river. The supervisors have to know and use their available tools to guide the student through such impasses. On the study portion of the course, the Course Supervisor has to be able to spot a student with an MU a mile off and handle it rapidly and with ARC. If he cannot locate the MU or bug easily he utilizes the course Word Clearer. If the student is really plowed in it is a job for Qual. Don't let the bogged student stagnate on course and don't ever buy any confused "it-can't-be-dones". We've had co-audits for over 30 years in Dianetics and Scientology and the Co-audit Courses have always been very, very successful. HCOB 29.5.80 - 10 - The lack of mass phenomena won't be as likely to occur here as on a theory course because of the amount of practical prior to the auditing section but it must be handled and remedied quickly if it does occur. The most frequently observed manifestation on the drills section will very likely be the skipped gradient. (Ref: HCOB 25 Jun 71R, BARRIERS TO STUDY) If the student is having trouble with a drill he's come up on too steep a gradient. The remedy is to cut back to the action or drill where he was doing well, where he understood it and was not confused. Find out what he missed right at the tail end of that action or drill, because that's where he thought he had it down pat and went on and right there he skipped a gradient. Clear up what he missed at that point and bring him forward again, on the right gradient, to where he was having trouble. Now he will be able to do the drill because he truly understands the earlier gradient. The badly bogged student probably needs a trip to Qual for handling. In such cases the bogged student's twin goes, too. For one half of a co-audit team to get so plowed under means it is very likely that something is awry with the other half of the team. Qual would check both students and probably have to straighten both out. The Co-audit Supervisor would mainly be remedying bogged sessions. It may sometimes occur that the Co-audit Supervisor notices something out with a session while watching, before the auditor puts out his hand or is even aware something is wrong. The supervisor wouldn't let the session fall completely to pieces even though the co-auditor hadn't asked for help. Neither would he just jump in without giving the co-auditor ample opportunity to handle the session difficulties himself. After determining what was wrong, the supervisor would place his hand gently on the auditor's shoulder and get in comm with the pc and auditor. Without eval or inval he would instruct the auditor with the appropriate Source reference, on how to correct the situation. For example, in a Dianetic Co-audit the supervisor notices that the pc's TA has been going up and up but the auditor isn't checking for an earlier incident. The supervisor would place his hand on the auditor's shoulder gently, R-factor the pc that he wanted to interject something into the session and then suggest to the auditor that he try checking for an earlier incident or earlier beginning. Then he sees to it the auditor does so and gets on with the session. It is important to lot the co-auditor teams know what the Co-audit Supervisor's purpose is. He is there to run the class, oversee the sessions and ensure that the pcs achieve the greatest gains possible from their auditing. He is not there to run the session or audit the pc. The co-auditors do the auditing. RED TAG SESSIONS In the event of a session that red tags at exams it must be repaired within 24 hours per C/S Series 86RD, THE RED TAG LINE. Occasionally a pc will red tag at exams after the session. When this happens, the supervisor does not take a condemnatory attitude towards the auditor. And he certainly does not let the auditor rabbit from further auditing even if the pc must go to Qual for a review session. HCOB 29.5.80 - 11 - Normally, the co-audit team will audit on a turnabout basis. On Monday Joe audits Bill for the first part of the class time and then Bill audits Joe for the second part of the class period, etc. Or on Monday Joe audits Bill, on Tuesday Bill audits Joe and so on. In the event of a red-tagged session the pc would continue to get sessions until repaired and the red tag removed. It is optimum for all concerned that the co-auditor be instructed on how to handle the goofed session and repair it himself if this is feasible. However a review session in Qual may be needed. That is up to the C/S who should keep in mind that this is not an HGC operation and that the co-auditor handles his pc except in dire circumstances. Sending the pc to review would only be done if the session bug couldn't be spotted in the worksheets or by observation or if a Scientology auditor was needed to fly the ruds or do a Date/ Locate, handle Int, etc. If the co-auditor can handle it and it is within the scope of the co-audit materials, he would take the pc right in the next day and handle it. He may need to do a bit of drilling on his procedure first but would still go back in there and handle his pc. This keeps the members of the co-audit team taking responsibility for each other. Of course, the red tag session must be repaired in 24 hours no matter who does it. This rule is invariable. STATS The Course Supervisor's stats are: 1. Student Points. 2. Number of students moved through the theory and onto the auditing portion of the course that week. The Co-audit Supervisor has the stats of: 1. Co-audited WDAH (minus 10 hours for every day a red tag session goes unhandled). 2. Co-audit course completions. The Co-audit student/auditor has the stats of: 1. Student Points. 2. Number or co-audited WDAHs. I have given you the essentials for a successful co-audit. For any co-audit, following the instructions in this issue will give you a bustling, high morale co-audit course with shiny completions rolling out the other side and further up the Bridge. Co-audits throw the gates to the Bridge wide, wide open. They enable orgs to deliver far more auditing hours to more public and staff than anyone ever dreamed possible. And it's economical for the orgs and public, too. HCOB 29.5.80 - 12 - Scientology is in an international boom, Supervisor, and I am counting on you to do your part in keeping the boom going. While we now have thousands making daily progress up the Bridge, we have the line-up to handle millions. Millions of Clears and OTs. Do your job well and we'll have wins all around. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=28/5/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Co-Audit Series 1 CO-AUDIT DEFINED  Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=1 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=2 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=3 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=4 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=5 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=6 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=7 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=8 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=9 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=10 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=11 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=12 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=13 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=14 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=15 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=16 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=4/12/76 Issue=17 Rev=1 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=8/12/76 Issue=1 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0 Type = 12 iDate=8/12/76 Issue=2 Rev=1 rDate=3/4/77 Addition=1 aDate=3/4/77 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo All Orgs All Divisions C/Ses Co-Audit Supervisor's Course Co-Auditors  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 28 MAY 1980 Remimeo All Orgs All Divisions C/Ses Co-Audit Supervisor's Course Co-Auditors CANCELS Co-Audit Series 0-18, as issued on: BTBs 4 Dec 76 and 4 Dec 76R Issues I through XVII. (Co-Audit Series 2R, 3R, 3R Addition, 8-1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18.) and BTBs 8 Dec 76, Issue I, 8 Dec 76R, Rev. and Reiss. 3 Apr 77, Issue II 8 Dec 78-1, Addition of 3 Apr 77, Issue I. (Co-Audit Series 0, 1R and 0-1.) Co-Audit Series 1 CO-AUDIT DEFINED The co-audit has just come back into its own. The introduction of the Purification Rundown has brought thousands flocking into orgs and missions around the world and from the wins being reported on this very basic action we can be assured that, with standard handling, this flow will continue. Already we have a vast public fresh from the purification Rundown and ready for all the gain awaiting them on their next steps on the Bridge. We have entire staffs through purification and poised at the starting line for their next enhancement action. With so many now prepared for and in vital need of the technical levels that follow purification, how do we get all of this tech delivered? The answer: CO-AUDITS. CO-AUDIT DEFINED The co-audit is an early Scientology and Dianetics innovation. It was the bright idea used in the early days to get a lot of auditing done in more volume and on a broader scale than would ever have been possible on a one-for-one basis at that time. It was also the means of training the many who were HCOB 28.5.80 - 2 - demanding training in this new technology, and providing them with the opportunity to get their own cases handled while at the same time giving them a subjective reality on the processes they were delivering to others. The term "co-auditing" is an abbreviation for "cooperative auditing". A CO-AUDIT IS: A TEAM OF ANY TWO PEOPLE WHO ARE HELPING EACH OTHER REACH A BETTER LIFE WITH SCIENTOLOGY OR DIANETIC PROCESSING. It is a cooperative action toward a very worthwhile goal. It was then and is today a very valuable tool. Co-audits are our quickest and most economical way of restoring vitality and purpose to the society, something I know all Scientologists are working with me to achieve. Co-audits will handle the many, staff and public alike, who are reaching for those auditing actions which will bring them up through the next levels toward clearing and who are willing to bootstrap their way up through these levels. THE PURPOSE OF A CO-AUDIT IS TO GET CO-AUDITORS UP THE GRADE CHART. TYPES OF CO-AUDITS Co-auditing is not a limited activity. Any pair of Scientologists who have the interest and desire to help each other up the Grade Chart can co-audit. There are beginners' co-audits for new people. There are professional co-audits for trained auditors. Where specially designed co-audit packages are issued, non-professional co-audits can now be conducted for public on some of the first steps of the Grade Chart. Co-audits (professional and non-professional) should always be available for staff. HAS CO-AUDIT The HAS Co-Audit is for new public who have had no previous experience with the subject of auditing at all. Under very close supervision and using processes which undercut most reality levels, it gives a person new to Scientology his first taste of auditing, both as an auditor and as a preclear. The co-auditors do "muzzled" auditing which means that the auditor says only two things. He gives the command and acknowledges the answer to that command. If the preclear says anything that is not an answer to the command the auditor nods his head and awaits an answer before giving an acknowledgement. If he runs into any difficulty the auditor puts his hand out behind him and waits for the supervisor to come and handle the situation. HAS co-audits are a fabulously successful way of introducing new public to the gains available to them through auditing and training. HAS co-auditors discover for themselves, through giving and receiving auditing, that Scientology and Dianetic auditing is workable technology which enables them to help others and be helped in return. HAS co-auditors frequently attain greatly improved levels of communication, responsibility and certainty. Some have major case gain. HCOB 28.5.80 - 3 - CO-AUDITING OF SPECIFIC RUNDOWNS Rundown co-audits are especially designed co-audit packages set up to permit co-audit team members, regardless of their training or lack of it, to audit each other through the full steps of that rundown. Included in a rundown co-audit are any and all study and training steps needed to prepare co-auditors to successfully audit each other to the full EP of the rundown. SURVIVAL RUNDOWN CO-AUDIT The Survival Rundown, currently being released, is the first individual rundown to be offered as a co-audit package. It takes co-auditors, even those with no previous tech training, and trains them up to do a very proficient job of delivering the Survival Rundown to one another -- and has them delivering it as they learn! This rundown co-audit gets the co-auditors into session, giving and receiving processing on the Survival Rundown, with tremendously successful results -- and FAST. OTHER RUNDOWN CO-AUDITS It is expected that co-audit packages on other rundowns will be released from time to time in the future. These rundown co-audit packages would be carefully planned and tailored to include the minimal but correct and necessary training gradients for delivery to public as well as staff. This does not mean that, in the absence of such a package for a specific rundown, co-auditing could not be done. Auditors trained in the skills of a level of a particular run. down could co-audit that rundown, provided they are at that level pc-wise and training-wise. The co-audit would need to be organized and be properly supervised and C/Sed throughout, but the organization could be as minimal as providing a setup for one such co-audit team. PROFESSIONAL CO-AUDITS A professional co-audit is a co-audit between auditors trained on the skills of a level who are auditing each other on that level. Professional co-audits have long been a favored and highly successful method whereby Scientologists could move up the auditing and training sides of the Bridge. Professional co-audits are for auditors who are doing the Professional Training Route and for auditors who have completed their training but haven't themselves moved up the Grades. Professional co-audits are offered in Department 11 (Department of Training). Academy and Briefing Course students could and should co-audit and get themselves up the Grade Chart as they go, in pace with their training. Professional co-auditing can be done following each auditor training course. It can also be done on special co-audits set up by orgs so that these auditors can continue to HCOB 28.5.80 - 4 - co-audit under the supervision of org tech terminals and use org facilities. Such co-audits for public students would be charged for at a nominal fee and would include C/Sing, etc. A person can get all of his New Era Dianetics and Grades auditing on these co-audits. NOTE Orgs do not have the license to offer public non-professional co-audits on NED (Full NED Programs) or the Grades. Training courses are already very much streamlined. Any public interested in co-auditing New Era Dianetics or the Grades should be routed on to the NED Course or the Academy Levels where they can rapidly complete their study and get on to the professional co-audits. Thus an org's concentration as far as public co-audits go would be on Div 6 co-audits, specific rundown co-audit packages and professional co-audits on New Era Dianetics and the Grades. STAFF CO-AUDITS Staff co-audits are by far the most advantageous method for an org to ensure its staff get and stay in good case shape and move on up the Bridge. A well-run staff co-audit is the answer to the problem of how does an org, already short on auditors, get all its staff audited. The staff co-audit can be arranged to be done by trained staff auditors (teamed with each other) and/or untrained staff (teamed with each other). It can include any processing from the beginning of the Grade Chart up through Expanded Grade IV as well as processing on special rundowns designed for co-audit purposes. In the case of untrained staff co-auditing, this would ideally begin with the Survival Rundown Co-Audit, in which the staff member is trained on Co-Audit TRs and Upper Indocs and then co-audits with his twin on a full battery of Objectives and other actions, to completion of the Rundown. Following this, the untrained staff co-auditors would need to be gradiently programmed and C/Sed and taken step-by-step through the next Grade Chart action on a "read-it, drill-it, do-it" basis. "Read-it, drill-it, do-it" means: 1. The co-auditors twin up and study and check each other out on the basic issues and skills for the process or Grade to be audited. 2. They drill the actual actions involved in running the process, under tight supervision of a trained Co-Audit Supervisor. 3. They then audit each other on the process to EP, under the tight guidance of a trained co-audit supervisor. HCOB 28.5.S0 - 5 - Do you want to see an immediate upsurge in staff morale, activity level and enthusiasm? Establish a staff co-audit. Specifics on setting up staff co-audits and how to supervise and run them are covered in HCOB 30 May 1980, Co-Audit Series 3, STAFF CO-AUDITS and HCOB 29 May 1980, Co-Audit Series 2, CO-AUDITS: HOW TO RUN THEM. GUIDING FACTOR The Grade Chart is the guiding factor in any co-audit. One doesn't audit a pc on processes or rundowns above his Grade in violation of the Grade Chart regardless of where the auditing is done or whether it is an HGC type of action or a co-audit action. HISTORY OF CO-AUDITS The development of public and staff co-audits and the HA8 Co-audit can be followed in the numerous materials issued over the Fears on the subject, a list of which is included below: 1955 Tech Volume II, Page 162, Section 7. 1957 HCOB 13 Jun 1957 STUDENT INTENSIVES & CO-AUDITING PROCESSES 1958 HCOB 22 Dec 1958 NEW HGC PROCESS (A New Straightwire) 1959 HCOB 10 Mar 1959 SUPPLEMENTAL DATA SHEET TO HCO BULLETIN OF FEB 16, 1959 HCOB 17 Mar 1959 DO IT YOURSELF THERAPY HCOB 25 Mar 1959 HAS CO-AUDIT AND COMM COURSE HCOB 8 Apr 1959 HAS CO-AUDIT AND COMM COURSE HCOB 21 May 1959 HGC PROCESSES AND ACC PROCESSES AS OF MAY 21, 1959 HCOB 9 Jun 1959 NEEDED MATERIAL HCOB 10 Jun 1959 CO-AUDIT FORMULA HCOB 21 Jul 1959 HGC ALLOWED PROCESSES HCOB 3 Sep 1959 WHY VICTIM WORKS AS A PROCESS HCOB 25 Sep 1959 HAS CO-AUDIT HCOB 29 Sep 1959 THE ORGANIZATION OF A PE FOUNDATION HCOB 30 Oct 1959 TO RETAIN CO-AUDIT PCS, INTEREST IN CASE HCOB 31 Oct 1959 CREATE PROCESSES, DANGERS AND ADVANTAGES HCOB 15 Dec 1959 HAS CO-AUDIT HCOB 15 Dec 1959 URGENT CHANGE IN ALL CO-AUDIT COURSES Tapes: 5905C12 6LACC-1 CLEARING 5905C13 6LACC-2 SECOND LECTURE ON CLEARING METHODOLOGY 5905C14 6LACC-3 CLEARING TECHNOLOGY 1960 HCOB 2 Feb AD10 THE CO-AUDIT TEAM HCOB 4 Feb 1960 THEORY OF RESPONSIBILITY PROCESSING HCOB 7 Apr 1960 A NEW SUMMARY OF AUDITING HCOB 14 Apr 1960 NEW PE DATA HCOB 20 Nov 1960 HAS CO-AUDIT ENDED HCOB 28.5.80 - 6 - HCOB 22 Dec 1960 HAS CO-AUDIT RESUMED HCOB 29 Dec 1960 THE NEW PE AND NEW HAS CO-AUDIT 1961 HCO PL 23 Jan 1961 PE COURSE ABOLISHED 1962 HCOB 15 Mar AD12 SUPPRESSORS HCO PL 21 Oct 1982 AUDITING SUPERVISION AND AUDITING INSTRUCTORS, DUTIES OF HCOB 15 Dec 1962 CO-AUDIT AND MISSED W/Hs 1963 HCO PL 17 Jun 1963 STAFF CLEARING PROGRAM HCOB 21 Jul 1963 CO-AUDIT -- ARC BREAK PROCESS 1964 HCO PL 19 Mar 1964 STAFF REGULATIONS, STAFF INTENSIVES HCOB 10 Dec 1964 LISTEN STYLE AUDITING HCOB 26 Dec 1964 ROUTINE 0-A EXPANDED 1974 HCOB 17 Feb 1974 MUTUAL OUT RUDS The processes contained in some of the above issues now appear at different levels of the Grade Chart or are pre-Grade processes, and they would only be co-audited in their correct sequence, as pre-Grades or on the Grades or Expanded Grades. SUMMARY The HAS CO-AUDIT as it is currently being delivered is covered in detail in FDD 234 DIV VI INT Series, the HAS Co-Audit Series 1-17. Data on how to set up and supervise co-audits for specific rundowns, NED and the Grades Processes is contained in HCOB 29 May 1980, Co-Audit Series 2, CO-AUDITS: HOW TO RUN THEM. That issue and Co-Audit Series 3 give full information on running staff Co-Audits. One would use the entire Co-Audit Series and its references to deliver successful co-audits of any kind. The GRADE CHART, HCO PL 23 July 1969, AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICES and HCOB 21 Dec 1979, C/S Series 107, AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES, etc., provide the guidelines for pairing up co-auditors and for the co-audit processes to be run. Co-audits are for use. They spark immediate interest. They quickly bring people up to doingness. There is no better exchange for the auditing one gets than to deliver it to another and that in itself produces gain. They're the fastest, most satisfying method of getting lots of auditing delivered, of making lots of Releases and providing actual auditing experience. HCOB 28.5.80 - 7 - If you want to turn your org scene into one of a bustling beehive of activity, get your co-audits established and running. It is within the means of any org to do so. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER   Type = 11 iDate=27/5/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Survival Rundown Series 15 SURVIVAL RD CORRECTION LIST (SRD-CL)   Survival RD Co-Audit Supervisors Review Auditors C/Ses  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MAY 1980 Survival RD Co-Audit Supervisors Review Auditors C/Ses Survival Rundown Series 15 SURVIVAL RD CORRECTION LIST (SRD-CL) This is a correction list for errors that may be made during the Survival Rundown. It can be assessed by the Co-Audit Supervisor (if fully qualified to assess and handle this list) or in a session by a Review Auditor. It is arranged so that it can be handled in the same sequence as the list, and is usually done Method 3, but in the case of a heavy upset, assess it Method 5. Each reading question is to be taken to an F/N per the instructions. (Any further handling (as given in the list) can then be done, after the reading questions have been F/Ned.) This list has two main uses: A. When difficulty is encountered during a co-audit session and the Co-Audit Supervisor needs to get the session rolling again. In this instance the list would be assessed and handled until the cause of the difficulty had been handled and then the Co-Audit session would be continued. The whole list need not be done, and shouldn't be continued past the point when the co-audit could resume. B. When used by a Review Auditor, in which case the whole list would be done to insure that all possible sources of bypassed charge were found and handled. (Should someone on the SRD feel unwilling to continue session or the SRD, or actually discontinue, assess this list Method 5 and indicate the largest read. Then handle the remaining reads.) 1. DID YOU GO EXTERIOR? _______ (If so, find when, and rehab. Do not continue the same process that the person went exterior on as it has EPed.) 2. HAVE YOU HAD DIFFICULTY BEING AUDITED AFTER HAVING GONE EXTERIOR? _______ (Indicate that the person was audited after Exterior. Turn this over to a Review Auditor to handle per Int Series HCOBs.) 3. IS THERE SOMETHING THAT HASN'T BEEN UNDERSTOOD? _______ (Find out what, and clarify it. If a misunderstood word, clear it with a Dictionary or the Tech Dictionary, to F/N. Then have the person study the material again where the word was encountered. If it was a command that was misunderstood, clear any MU words and reclear the command. (C/S is then to adjudicate if the process should be taken up.)) 4. IS THERE SOMETHING THAT WASN'T ACKNOWLEDGED? _______ (Find out what it was and acknowledge it. If no F/N, find out if there was an earlier similar time when something wasn't acknowledged, to F/N.) HCOB 27.5.80 - 2 - 5. IS THERE AN UPSET WITH SOMEONE? _______ (Find out what the upset is and who with, and assess it as an ARC Break to F/N or E/Sim to F/N.) 6. IS THERE ANY PRESENT TIME WORRY? _______ (Find out what it is, and handle it, or 2WC to F/N or E/Sim to F/N.) 7. IS THERE SOMETHING YOU THOUGHT OF THAT YOU DIDN'T TELL YOUR AUDITOR? _______ (Encourage the person to tell it, using the Prompters from HCOB 10 Dec 64. See Tech Dictionary. Handle to F/N.) 8. IS THERE SOMETHING YOU HAVE DONE THAT YOU SHOULDN'T HAVE? _______ (Pull the overt to F/N or E/Sim to F/N.) 9. HAS THERE BEEN ANY INVALIDATION? _______ (Find out what was invalidated, by whom, and how it was invalidated, to F/N or E/Sim to F/N.) 10. HAS THERE BEEN ANY EVALUATION? _______ (Find out what the evaluation was and by whom, to F/N or E/Sim to F/N.) 11. WERE THE AUDITING COMMANDS FLUBBED? _______ (2WC to get data, and to get off the person's reaction to it, to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N. Correct the auditor with the reference and get the process run correctly.) 12. WAS A PROCESS RUN INCORRECTLY? _______ (Handle as in #11.) 13. WAS A PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT? _______ (Find out which process, and get the process continued to full EP.) 14. DID A REACTION TURN ON DURING A PROCESS? _______ (Find out what process, and indicate that the process is unflat, to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N. Ensure that the unflat process(es) gets flattened.) 15. WAS A PROCESS ENDED WHILE IT WAS STILL PRODUCING CHANGE? _______ (Find out what process, and indicate that the process is unflat, to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N. Ensure that the unflat process(es) gets flattened.) 16. WAS A PROCESS "2 WAY COMM'D TO AN F/N", INSTEAD OF RUNNING THE PROCESS TO EP? _______ (Indicate that the process is unflat. Get it flattened.) 17. DID YOU GET AN F/N BY TALKING ABOUT THE PROCESS, INSTEAD OF RUNNING THE PROCESS? _______ (Indicate that the process is unflat, as the process itself was not run to EP. Get the process flattened.) 18. DID SOMEONE SUGGEST A PROCESS WAS UNNECESSARY OR SHOULDN'T BE RUN? _______ (2WC to F/N, getting the data. Get the process run, so the pc doesn't miss the gain available from it.) 19. DO YOU THINK THAT THESE PROCESSES ARE UNNECESSARY? _______ (Get off the person's considerations about why he/ she thinks the processes are unnecessary, to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N. If the pc is now ready to continue the SRD let him do so. If not, turn this in to the C/S.) HCOB 27.5.80 - 3 - 20. ARE YOU PROTESTING ANYTHING? _______ (Find out what the pc is protesting, to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N.) 21. ARE YOU ASSERTING SOMETHING? _______ (Find out what the pc is asserting, to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N.) 22. DID YOU HAVE A COGNITION THAT YOU DIDN'T MENTION? _______ (Get the pc to tell the cognition. If it was the EP for a process indicate that it was. If not the EP, acknowledge the cognition. and have the process continued. Do not attempt to "2WC the process to F/N", as the process itself must be run to F/N.) 23. WAS A COGNITION NOT ACCEPTED? _______ (Handle as in #22.) 24. WAS A PROCESS CONTINUED AFTER IT WAS FLAT? _______ (2WC to get the data. If the process was run to EP, rehab it.) 25. HAVE YOU ATTESTED OR DECLARED ANY STATE THAT YOU DIDN'T HONESTLY AND FULLY ATTAIN? _______ (Get off the withhold of the pc having done this, to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N. If the pc is now willing to continue the SRD, continue it. If not, turn the data in to the C/S.) 26. WERE YOU NOT SURE WHAT TO DO? _______ (Find out by getting data and take it to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N. If a process command, clear the command, and get the process correctly run and flattened.) 27. WAS THERE ANY LACK OF UNDERSTANDING? _______ (2WC to get data and take it to F/N or E/Sim to F/N. If it was an ARC Break, assess it as an ARC Break.) 28. DID SOMEONE GIVE YOU VERBAL DATA? _______ (2WC to F/N or E/Sim to F/N. Then handle with the correct reference.) 29. DO YOU HAVE MUTUAL OUT RUDS WITH YOUR TWIN? _______ (Fly mutual Out Ruds on both the pc and the twin.) 30. HAS THERE BEEN ANY ENTURBULATION ON COURSE? _______ (2WC to F/N or E/Sim to F/N.) 31. ARE THERE ANY DISAGREEMENTS? _______ (Get the disagreements off by 2WC to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N.) 32. HAS THE SAME PROCESS BEEN RUN AGAIN AFTER IT HAD BEEN FLATTENED EARLIER? _______ (Find out which process and when it was flattened and indicate the overrun. Rehab.) 33. HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN UNNECESSARY REVIEWS OR REPAIRS? _______ (Indicate. Let pc tell you about it. If no F/N, E/Sim to F/N. Then complete the SRD, or if earlier SRD processes were quickied, flatten them from the earliest on forward.) 34. HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED ON SUBJECTIVE PROCESSES, BEFORE THE SRD WAS COMPLETE? _______ (Indicate that this could be an error, as subjective processes are best run after the SRD. Get off pc's considerations about it, to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N. Complete the SRD.) HCOB 27.5.80 - 4 - 35. WERE THERE ANY OTHER ERRORS IN THE AUDITING? _______ (2WC to find out what, and get the person's reaction to these off to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N.) 36. HAS ANYONE INVALIDATED YOUR GAINS OR PROGRESS? _______ (Find out who and get the invalidation off to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N. Send to an Ethics Officer for PTS handling.) 37. ARE YOU CONNECTED TO SOMEONE WHO IS ANTAGONISTIC TO YOU? _______ (Find out who, and 2WC for data and take it to F/N. Turn the data over to an Ethics Officer to handle.) 38. ARE YOU CONNECTED TO SOMEONE WHO DOESN'T APPROVE OF YOU DOING THE SURVIVAL RUNDOWN OR SCIENTOLOGY? _______ (2WC to get the data and take it to F/N. Turn the data over to an Ethics Officer to handle.) 39. IS THERE SOMETHING WRONG WITH YOUR PURIFICATION RD? _______ (2WC to get the data and take it to F/N. Turn the data over to a Purification RD C/S to handle.) 40. HAVE YOU TAKEN DRUGS OR MEDICINE WHILE ON THE SURVIVAL RUNDOWN? _______ (2WC to F/N. Also find out why the person took the drugs or medicine, and whether physically ill or other reason. Get the data to the C/S.) 41. ARE YOU PHYSICALLY TIRED OR HAD INSUFFICIENT REST? _______ (2WC to get data. Indicate that one shouldn't be audited without sufficient rest. Get a handling worked out so that the person does get sufficient rest.) 42. HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED WHILE HUNGRY OR IMPROPERLY FED? _______ (2WC for data. Get the person to eat if hungry now.) 43. IS THERE ANY UNHANDLED ETHICS SITUATION? _______ (Get the data, and take it to F/N, or E/Sim to F/N. Turn the data over to an Ethics Officer to handle.) 44. ARE YOU INVOLVED IN SOMETHING UNETHICAL? _______ (2WC for data and pull any withhold about it to F/N or E/Sim to F/N. If ethics handling is needed, turn the data over to an Ethics Officer for appropriate handling.) 45. WAS THERE REALLY NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE? _______ (2WC and if there wasn't, indicate it, to F/N or E/Sim to F/N.) 46. IS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG, NOT COVERED ON THIS LIST? _______ (Indicate it. If the person knows what it is have him tell you about it to F/N or E/Sim to F/N. Otherwise, get a C/S 53 done by a Review Auditor.) L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by Senior C/S Int LRH:DM:dr Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by Senior C/S Int   Type = 11 iDate=21/5/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  PURIFICATION RUNDOWN CASE DATA   Remimeo  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 21 MAY 1980 Remimeo All Staff All Orgs All Missions C/Ses MOs, MLOs Purif I/C Tech Qual PURIFICATION RUNDOWN CASE DATA References: HCOB 6 Feb 78RA THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN Re-rev. 4.12.7 REPLACES THE SWEAT PROGRAM HCOB 6 Feb 78RA-1 THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN -- Add. of 20.12.79 ERRATA AND ADDITIONS HCOB 30 Dec 79 HOW TO BUILD A SAUNA HCOB 3 Jan 80R PURIFICATION RUNDOWN AND Rev. 10 Apr 80 ATOMIC WAR HCOB/HCO PL of ILLEGAL PCs, ACCEPTANCE OF 11 Feb 80 ADDITION REGARDING PURIFICATION RUNDOWN HCOB 14 Feb 80 RESEARCH DATA ON NUTRITIONAL VITAMIN INCREASES ON THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN HCOB 29 Feb 80 THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN: PREGNANCY AND BREAST-FEEDING HCOB 7 Mar 80 DIET, COMMENTS UPON The Purification Rundown is undertaken by those who wish to free themselves from the restimulative effects of drug residues and biochemical factors which would otherwise prevent or inhibit them from making the spiritual improvement which is possible with Dianetic and Scientology processing. From the floods of highly enthusiastic letters and reports of glowing results that continue to roll in, it accomplishes this with resounding benefit and successes that are even beyond the original expectations. Since the initial release of the research data, those who have completed the Rundown number well up in the thousands. Along with the numerous accounts received of wins and changes and gain have come requests for more data on some aspects of the Rundown. To satisfy these requests, several Case Supervisors who were doing case supervision of the Purification Rundown and a number of people who were on or had completed the program were interviewed so as to obtain more information for your use in handling the rundown. In all, six Case Supervisors from five major areas and a total of 120 persons from those areas were carefully surveyed. Their data is given in this HCOB, along with additional data from unsolicited reports, where the information was verified by folder study. HCOB 21.5.80 - 2 - These summarized findings are based on results from a wide spectrum of cases, including those with heavy, medium or light strict drug history, those with history of medical drugs in varying degrees, and some few with minimal drugs of any kind reported. This information is not intended to take the place of individual medical advices given to persons by their doctors in doing the Rundown. 1. WHAT IS THE OPTIMUM DAILY LENGTH OF TIME ON THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN FOR MOST PEOPLE? From the many cases interviewed and from C/S data, five hours exercise and sauna daily has been found to be ideal for the majority of people on the Purification Rundown. The Rundown apparently works like a bomb when the highest percentage of this time is spent in the sauna and a lesser percentage in running. (Example: A good ratio has been found to be approximately 20 to 30 minutes of running to get the circulation up, and the remainder of the time in the sauna, for a total of five hours.) Not everyone has gone immediately onto a full five hour stint right from the start (and some have successfully done the entire program on a shorter daily schedule, as covered later in this issue). In both the running and the sauna, where the right gradient was applied, particularly when beginning the program, it went very smoothly. Age and current physical condition and stamina can all enter into it. Among the many surveyed were those who required a few days to work up to five hours daily but once there it proved to be the optimum daily period for them, as it has for so many people. Additionally, on such a schedule the Purification Rundown can and has been completed effectively in the shortest possible amount of time. Most people approached the 5 hour daily program eagerly and enthusiastically. Some were found apt to plunge in a bit out-gradiently at the start, and this was handled by having them work up gradually to where they could run 20 to 30 minutes without strain and take the sauna time at the rate they could handle it, especially to begin with. One area reported a few people staying in the sauna too lung with no break and turning on headaches and other unnecessary reactions that way. The purpose should not be to see how long one can stay in the sauna for any one stretch of time, and this had to be clarified with several such enthusiasts. What worked best was when the person had a good sweat going and had been in the sauna sweating for a while then coming out, getting some fresh air and space and cooling off, as needed, and going right back in for more sweating. When plenty of liquids (many people take water jugs into the sauna), enough salt or potassium or Bioplasma were used the sauna time went very well. These are some of the points which were found to get and keep the person winning. 2. CAN THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN BE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED ON LESS THAN FIVE HOURS DAILY? This has been piloted where circumstances honestly prevented some persons from doing the Rundown 5 hours daily. It HCOB 21.5.80 - 3 - was found that the Rundown can be completed effectively by a good many cases on less than five hours per day, provided the person is getting benefit and change on the shorter schedule. The shorter schedules ranged from 4 hours down to a minimum of 2 1/2 hours daily, always with a higher percentage of time spent in the sauna than in running. The absolute minimum daily period found to give good return on the Rundown was 2 1/2 hours total running and sauna time. This period would then be spent as follows: Approximately 20 to 30 minutes of running and the remaining two hours or so in the sauna. The same gradients applied when the person was on or starting on a 2 1/2 hour daily schedule as on any other schedule. C/S approval would be obtained for the person to do the Rundown on this shorter schedule, as there are other factors that enter into it. Any medical advice or order for the person to be on the shorter schedule would, of course, need to be followed. The Rundown can and in most cases has taken longer to complete on a shortened daily schedule, but survey results show that it can be done successfully by a good many people at a minimum of 2 1/2 hours daily provided all other points of the Rundown are standardly maintained. 3. DOES THE EXTENT OF A PERSON'S DRUG HISTORY SEEM TO BE A FACTOR IN HOW MUCH TIME WOULD BE SPENT DAILY ON THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN? Per all the research and survey data thus far, the extent of drug history is definitely a factor in determining how much time daily an individual would spend on the Rundown. Beyond any doubt the survey showed that those with heavy or even mediumly-heavy drug histories benefited most from the 5 hour daily schedule. This can apply to persons with heavy medical drug histories as well as to those who have had heavy street drugs. There are reports on record of persons with heavy drug histories who, though they had done fairly well at the beginning of the Rundown on 2 1/2 hours a day (some phenomena turning on and blowing), did not begin to turn on restimulation of actual "trips" and blow through them until they got onto a 5 hour daily schedule. Others reported that if something turned on while in the sauna they made it a point to stick carefully to the sauna time (taking short breaks as necessary for water, salt or potassium, or to cool off) until the manifestation blew, and they then came out feeling good and refreshed. These same persons reported that if they short-cut the sauna time because something uncomfortable had turned on they came out feeling bad or dull and it would then take longer to blow through the manifestation. Even some people with very light drug histories reported feeling calmer and more uptone after a stint in the sauna which was long enough to permit them to get through any restim or discomfort that had turned on. HCOB 21.5.80 - 4 - There is everything to be said for putting a person on a schedule which will permit him to handle these factors, and it was found particularly important that those with heavy or mediumly-heavy drug histories were scheduled properly so that they were able to get full return from the action and wind up with the EP. 4. WHO DETERMINES WHAT DAILY LENGTH OF TIME THE PERSON SHOULD BE ON ON THE RUNDOWN? On any question as to daily schedule, the C/S would adjudicate as to the daily time period for the individual. In any case where the person was doing the Rundown on a special medical program, the C/S would ensure any doctor's orders regarding schedule were adhered to. The C/S's first consideration would be what is going to give the person the most gain. Wherever possible the person would do five hours daily and most people have done this. In instances where a shorter daily schedule was actually required for best results on some individuals, the schedule was adjusted per C/S adjudication. In cases where persons honestly had limited time, these were considered for the minimum 2 1/2 hour daily time period, as it would have been altered importance to deny them the Rundown otherwise. But it was necessary to ensure that each person could and did make progress on the shorter daily schedule as he continued it and, if not, getting him onto the proper regimen. Some who started at 2 1/2 hours daily later requested to move up to the five hour period, and there have been cases where persons on the shorter schedule were getting heavy restimulation of drugs which they could not handle on the shorter period and when switched to the five hour period by the C/S they did remarkably better. This can occur, apparently, with street drug or medical drug users and is something for the C/S to bear in mind. The heavier drug cases were, where possible, put on the five hour schedule to begin with. Again, per the survey data, correct gradient was the watch-word here, as in all aspects of the Purification Rundown. The C/Sing of cases on the Rundown would not be done rotely but always done on an individual basis with the individual never pushed further or faster than he could go. (To do otherwise would be a violation of the tech of the Rundown and a violation of the tech on gradients.) The successful action has been to get the person on a schedule where he is winning and able to handle what comes up, and then ensure he gets in that amount of time each day and preferably at the same time each day. Regularity of schedule plays a big part in completing the Rundown smoothly and effectively, with all the benefit to be had. 5. WHAT REACTIONS HAVE BEEN NOTED WHEN PARTS OF THE RUNDOWN WERE SKIMPED OR WHEN THE RUNDOWN WAS DONE IRREGULARLY? LIMITED GAIN PER HOUR One of the factors examined closely in the course of this survey was whether or not there was a common sauna time HCOB 21.5.80 - 5 - limit for most people (within the 5 hours) after which the person got tired and the individual got less return for the remainder of the period. In those cases where the Rundown was being carried out very standardly there were no reports of such tiredness setting in before the 5 hours were up, which were due to length of time spent in the sauna. (Some of these cases reported they experienced tiredness as part of a restimulation of drug reactions, etc., but they were able to spot it as such and blow through it within the 5 hour period.) However, there were 24 reports from individuals stating they did get tired in the sauna well within the 5 hours and get limited or no benefit from it beyond that tiring point. The daily time limits for gain reported by these 24 cases varied widely from person to person, the reported limits ranging from 4 hours down to 2 1/2 hours or less. The individual's drug history did not seem to be a factor, as the reports came from persons whose drug histories ranged from heavy down to few or no drugs, medical or otherwise. These 24 cases were looked into carefully and when all the pertinent data was examined (some of it obtained by metered interview), what showed up were departures from the standard procedure as given in the Purification Rundown HCOBs. The departures found were (in order of frequency): a. Not enough sleep b. Insufficient salt or potassium or Bioplasma taken while in the sauna or before running, OR a combination of a. and b. c. Dropped out vitamins that day, skimping on vitamins or taking vitamins sporadically d. An undetected and/or unhandled vitamin deficiency. In one case out of the 24 the person was found to be anemic and he should not have put himself onto the program. This was handled by getting the person onto a special medical program to be carried out under medical supervision before the Rundown could be completed. Correction of the other cases brought about smoother progress and much improved results. At best, any one of the above-listed outnesses or omissions could result in the person tiring too quickly, experiencing unnecessary discomfort, getting limited gain per hour and prolonging the Rundown unnecessarily. The apparency would be that the Rundown was not working when in actual fact it was not being applied standardly. Where a person on any schedule reports he is tiring at a certain point and getting little or no benefit per hour spent beyond that point, one would need to determine if an adjustment of the daily time period was needed. But, as has been found, additionally and always one would carefully examine exactly what the person was doing on each section of the Rundown and get any outnesses rectified. Regardless of whether the person is on the maximum or minimum daily schedule, departures from other aspects of the procedure would decrease the benefits until these departures were handled. HCOB 21.5.80 - 6 - SLEEP In the 24 cases mentioned above and in some other cases reporting problems on the Rundown, by far the most common outness found was lack of sufficient sleep. This is covered in the original bulletin under the section on a properly ordered personal schedule. However, it should be re-emphasized here that adequate sleep has been found to be a vital factor in the correct application of this Rundown. People function best when they are sufficiently rested. Some tiredness has not been uncommon at certain intervals during the course of the Rundown, even when the procedure was being carried out standardly. It can occur when the person first goes onto the program and needs to build up to the full daily time period on a gradient. It can also occur as part of the restimulation in connection with medical or street drug residues or as part of restim of an old illness, etc., any of which the person might run through while on this program. There are many cases on record of persons on the Rundown turning on and blowing through periods of tiredness or fatigue connected with past illness and/or medical or drug experiences and coming through them far brighter and more energetic. But it must be borne in mind that the Purification Rundown can be strenuous. Trying to do it on too little sleep would be a severe violation. A person observably needs enough sleep in order to cope with the changes he is undergoing. Per C/S reports, where this has been violated the person has often wound up having a rough time of it. Quite apart from any mere tiredness, any reactions which are there to be restimulated by drug residuals can (due to insufficient sleep) produce unnecessary and non-optimum reactions. Adequate sleep while on the Purification Rundown has proven to be every bit as important as it is when one is on a routine auditing program and is part of a properly ordered personal schedule. One obviously can't expect to make the gains possible on the Purification Rundown unless this point is in. And one must be okay medically to go onto the Rundown in the first place. SAUNA VENTILATION Correct ventilation of the sauna is covered in HCOB 30 Dec 79, HOW TO BUILD A SAUNA, and it is reiterated here as a must. Improper sauna ventilation is reported as a contributive factor in a person tiring too quickly. It reportedly can bring on lassitude (weariness of body or mind from harsh climate), air hunger or any number of other symptoms which some persons have, in error, attributed to other causes. This has in some cases prolonged the Rundown or given the appearance of the Rundown being unflat when actually it was complete. Those immediately responsible for delivering the Purification Rundown, as well as the executives of the org, are responsible for ensuring the sauna has been constructed and is being operated standardly, with a sufficient oxygen supply for the number of persons using it. This also ties in with correctly staggering the scheduling of people for the sauna. One wouldn't jam too many people in the sauna at once, from the standpoint of ordinary comfort as well as sufficient oxygen supply. HCOB 21.5.80 - 7 - OVERHEATING AND SALT DEPLETION An R-factor on the effects of over-heating was found to be essential for a person beginning the Rundown, as well as basic hatting on how to handle this on an emergency basis should it occur. The symptoms of overheating and/or salt or potassium depletion -- dizziness, feeling faint, weakness, clammy skin, becoming overheated, etc. -- are taken up in HCOB 6 Feb 78RA and HCOB 6 Feb 78RA-1, THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN, ERRATA AND ADDITIONS. Beginning persons would need hatting on these points so as not to confuse these symptoms with the manifestations that can turn on when restimulation in connection with drug residuals is occurring. It is common knowledge and a matter of good common sense that over-heating and/or salt or potassium depletion can be prevented by sufficient salt, Potassium or Bioplasma intake and by cooling off periodically as necessary during the sauna period. But where these symptoms occurred they would be handled and not considered something the person must "go through". Additionally, if perspiration ceases while in the sauna -- the body suddenly stops sweating and the skin becomes hot and dry -- it's an indicator that needs immediate handling. This is a clamping down on the part of the body, a resistance to expel, and it is the first sign of a heat stroke. The Standard First Aid personal Safety booklet put out by the American National Red Cross covers the symptoms of heat exhaustion/heat stroke and the immediate aid to be given for such. One would get the person out of the sauna at once and cool him off with a cold or cool shower or sponging, or start with a lukewarm shower and gradually make it cooler. Fluids, and salt, potassium or Bioplasma would be given. This reference would be kept on hand, readily available, in the sauna location. Hatting on all the above points would be included in the R-factor the person is given when he begins the Rundown. Salt or potassium depletion as a chronic condition would be handled in liaison with the person's doctor. NUTRITION What showed up throughout the survey data was the importance of the daily nutritional vitamins, minerals, oil, Cal Mag and vegetables and the role that these nutritional elements play in handling, on the Purification Rundown, the traumatic effects of the restimulation of drugs, as covered in some detail in the original bulletin. In each area it was observed that dropping out any of these supplements while on the program, skimping on them or taking them only sporadically, contrary to the program as approved by the person's doctor, could create or intensely deficiencies which would then throw a curve into the Rundown that would show up in any number of ways -- tiring quickly, lack of energy, upset stomach, nausea, a general "not feeling good" or actually getting sick in some way, to name a few. HCOB 21.5.80 - 8 - Any omissions of these standard elements were found to interfere with the progress and purpose of the Rundown, which is to free up the individual for spiritual improvement by handling the restimulative effects of accumulated residual drugs and toxins. With the increase in numbers of those doing the Rundown, many more persons are now reported to have successfully completed it under close supervision on the nutritional vitamin and mineral increases, including Niacin, within the ranges given in the original research data published in HCOB 14 Feb 1980 (RESEARCH DATA ON NUTRITIONAL VITAMIN INCREASES ON THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN), with approval for such supplements from a medical doctor. Many areas report it has also been helpful to have a good familiarity with the Adelle Davis books on nutrition and diet, as listed by title in HCOB 7 March 1980, DIETS, COMMENTS UPON. Where individual tolerances were taken into consideration under medical supervision and any vitamin imbalance or deficiency handled under medical supervision, as stipulated in the bulletins on the Rundown, these ranges as published in the issues on the original research were reported to be highly workable for most. In areas where the Rundown has been successfully delivered, the person's originations regarding his tolerance for or reactions to certain vitamins were never ignored. These would always be looked into and a correct solution worked out in alignment with the data in the original bulletin, with the assistance of the medical liaison officer in liaison with the doctor or between the individual and his doctor. In reported cases where the person was having some difficulty and some nutrient imbalance was the actual cause of the upset, where the vitamins and minerals were properly adjusted as above there was invariably improvement. But it was necessary to first determine that the person actually was taking the vitamins and other nutritional elements he was supposedly taking and in what amounts, or if he was taking them only sporadically. It is the responsibility of the person who has undertaken to do the Rundown to keep those overseeing the Rundown well informed as to his daily actions and the results. It is also his responsibility to see his doctor where any irregularity or upset indicates such. Naturally it is also his option to see his doctor at any point he wishes on his progress on the Rundown. From all the reported data, it is not unusual at certain Points of the Rundown for some to protest a bit at the large quantities of vitamins taken. The protest is not in regard to results or benefits but simply in regard to the quantities to get down. While the Niacin was always taken all at one time, in several areas it was found most viable to take the remainder of the vitamins at various intervals during the day, after meals or with snacks. One medical doctor has suggested that absorption of the needed nutrients is better accomplished in this way. The exception to this would be where one or more of the vitamins or minerals had been specifically suggested by the M.D. to be taken at certain set intervals. Also reported was the datum that there is a hidden factor to look for if a person is having difficulty and that is the person is not eating but is going along mainly on something like vitamins And Niacin and yoghurt alone. Or he has made HCOB 21.5.80 - 9 - some other major change in his eating habits. This was found in one area and totally explained why the person was having trouble on the Rundown. Departures such as this were found quite often to come about as the result of exchange of verbal data among persons doing the Rundown, so this line was watched to ensure the procedure was being followed as given, not someone else's version of it or some experimentation of it on his own. SCHEDULE IRREGULARITIES Probably the biggest single factor found in keeping the person progressing smoothly on through to successful completion of the program was regularity of the actions. That included regularity of the timed schedule, nutrition, sleep, and the whole works. Where any one part of the procedure was being done erratically it would throw the other parts out, or give that apparency, and the effect could sometimes be quite puzzling to the C/S or to the person's doctor and others assisting in the administration of the program. Per C/S observation and other survey data, where people who had otherwise been doing well began skipping a day here or there, skimping or cutting down on the daily purification time or missing sleep, it usually resulted in upset of some degree. They began to report "feeling bad" or feeling "sickish" or actually getting sick following some irregularity or disruption of the routine. Where this occurred, the discomfort or upset was more severe among those with heavier drug histories. A possible explanation of this is that the process has been interrupted and one is getting a backlogging of the drug and other toxic effects rather than a routine release of these at the same rate as when the person was on schedule. Therefore the person could be subject to a piling up of the restimulative effects of these at a rate not easily handled by him, and this could be further compounded by any continuation of an erratic schedule. The handling was to get the person onto or back onto a proper and predictable daily regimen and maintain it through to completion of the Rundown. What was stressed here was that in this, as well as all parts of the Purification Rundown, it is a matter of the person following the normal and generally accepted rules for good health. He would then be in the best possible shape to attain the lasting spiritual benefits which are available to him. This is, of course, the sole and ultimate objective of the Purification Rundown. DETERMINING AND HANDLING WHAT WAS WRONG Here are some of the more successful actions reported from an area with high Purification Rundown completions. Any bad indicators, odd or strange indicators, upset, etc., would be always picked up and handled at once. If the person was in some heavy restimulation and just wanted to get through it without interruption he was not forced or badgered but permitted to go through it easily and gradually at his own rate and he would then come out the other side all right. Per reports, most people know when they are in a drug restimulation and will tell you. HCOB 21.5.80 - 10 - In a case where the cause of upset wasn't immediately obvious, the Purif I/C or D of P would simply sit down with the person and talk it over to find out what was going on. What worked very well was to have the individual himself read over all points of the Rundown as contained in the issues and he himself would then very often spot and point out where he went off the rails. And in most cases he would prove to he right. It was very often found to be a matter of something having been altered or added or dropped out and this would be resolved by getting him back on the correct regimen and doing it by the book. If it didn't appear to resolve, no guesswork or experimentation was done. The person would be sent to his doctor for a medical check and any necessary adjustment of his regimen. In summary, it has been found that there are any number of ways in which one can depart from the correct procedure and the effects of one such departure can be similar to or appear to be similar to those of another, which can make some cases look complicated indeed, and unnecessarily so. So it has also been found that it is vital to indoctrinate the person on the standard actions of the Rundown at the outset and then do everything possible to preserve that standardness throughout. 6. ON THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN, HAS IT BEEN FOUND THAT THE ALL BLEND OIL MUST BE TAKEN "STRAIGHT" OR CAN IT BE MIXED WITH SOME OTHER FOOD? Per survey data, some individuals had reported difficulty taking the All Blend Oil by itself, usually due more to the texture than to the actual taste. The handling, as there seemed to be no reason why the oil could not be taken in orange juice or mixed with some other food of the person's choice and taken that way, was to have many people on the Rundown do just that, with good result. Others simply took the oil straight. (An exception, in taking the oil mixed with other food, is that you would not cook food in the oil and consider that the All Blend Oil ration for the day!) As the oil will coat the stomach and intestinal walls for a certain period, which can prevent the full assimilation of other nutrients, especially the water soluble vitamins, one doctor has suggested that it is probably best taken before going to bed or at least at a different meal time than when the vitamins and minerals are taken. Regarding the amount of oil to be taken, this did vary with the individual. However, a medical doctor who is also a Scientology auditor and Purification Rundown C/S and who has handled numerous people on the Rundown has reported that the most standard oil dosage found to be required thus far by most persons he has handled on the Rundown is between 2 and 4 tablespoonsful a day. Others (particularly some 250 pounders he has on the Rundown) are on considerably more oil than this. The recommendation of this medical doctor is that on any oil dosage one would reduce the intake if the oil showed up in a bowel movement or in the body sweat, as in such case there is an excess of oil which is not being put to use but simply expelled. HCOB 21.5.80 - 11 - 7. HAVE THERE BEEN ANY REPORTS OF A DIFFERENCE IN RESULTS WHEN NIACIN IS TAKEN IN POWDER FORM INSTEAD OF IN TABLET FORM? Per reports thus far, this seems to vary among different individuals. The observation of one medical doctor supervising the Rundown is that these variances are not unusual. Some persons have reported more immediate and/or intense results when Niacin was taken in powder form. This difference was most often reported by persons who had reached the higher dosages, had little or no results from a large, highly compressed tablet and then switched to the same dosage in powder form and got more intense results. However, at least two people report that they got results when taking 100, 200, 300, and 400 mgs of Niacin in tablets of 100 mg each; then, when 500 mgs were taken in a single 500 mg tablet nothing occurred. However, next day when 500 mgs were taken in 5 tablets of 100 mg each results were obtained at the 500 mg dosage. Still others reported effective results from Niacin tablets of any dosage including the larger tablets of higher dosage. What has been done in one area is to use tablets of 100 mg Niacin each until the 1000 Niacin dosage is reached and to use Niacin in powder form thereafter. Where this is done, or where Niacin in powder form is used exclusively, the measurement was and would need to be exactly done. The label on a powdered Niacin container should carry instructions as to how to measure the powder content. With the brands that have been used, one teaspoon provides 3000 mg of pure Niacin. Note that this is per the English System of Weights & Measures. One would need to use the standard measuring teaspoon. In areas of the world where the Metric System is used (and where "teaspoon" sizes vary), an amount equivalent to a standard teaspoon measurement would be 4.9 milliliters. 8. WHAT HAS BEEN OBSERVED TO BE THE MOST SUCCESSFUL GRADIENT GENERALLY IN INCREASING NIACIN ON THE RUNDOWN? Within the boundaries of the medical doctor's advice for the individual, the most workable gradient in the majority of cases observed was generally found to be starting the person on 100 mgs of Niacin and increasing it in increments of 100 mgs until the person was up to 1000 mgs daily. A steeper gradient was then used as one went up to higher dosages. It was found that many persons could take increases of from 300 to 500 mgs at one time when they reached the higher dosage ranges. Note that this does not refer to a daily increase, necessarily, but refers to the gradient in which the dosage was upped when an increased dosage was indicated. Any increase was always based on individual tolerance, and there were exceptions to the "generally successful gradient" described above in every area surveyed. Certain individuals would and did require moving up on a lesser gradient according to their tolerances and according to individual medical advices. HCOB 21.5.80 - 12 - On the other hand, in some instances a "grinding" phenomenon was observed where the individual: a. held to a certain Niacin dosage of say, 500 mgs day after day, until nothing whatsoever was happening or b. held to an increase of only 100 mgs at a time in the higher ranges of Niacin, even though he was getting only brief, mild results, was very able to tolerate these effects and felt he could handle a steeper gradient. By "grinding" phenomenon is meant an effect similar to running an engram late on the chain over and over without going earlier and the person getting irritated and frustrated with the Rundown and reeling he is not making the progress he could be making. In these instances, it was observed that when the persons who could progress at a faster rate with larger Niacin increases (always with the other vitamins and minerals increased in correct ratio and by individual tolerance) did so, they went smoothly along on the Rundown, handling what did crop up. In all surveyed areas, when to introduce an increase in Niacin was found to be as important as the amount of increase. When Niacin was increased: a. after the effect of a certain dosage had diminished (not vanished totally), AND b. when any other manifestations and restimulation which had turned on at that dosage had blown or diminished (as covered in the procedure given in the original bulletin), good progress was made on the Rundown on a one for one basis, providing all other points were standardly in. In other words, it was recognized that there would very likely be various reactions and restimulations (as covered in the original bulletin) all of which would need to be taken into consideration when Niacin amounts were increased. When this was done correctly excellent results were obtained. Questions arising on such increase were handled according to the person's individual medical approval to do the Rundown and further individual medical advices as needed. It should be mentioned here that, along with this survey data, reports have been received of persons found taking Niacin quietly on their own without being on the Purification Rundown and without being under any supervision, medical or otherwise, just to see what it would handle. This is not advised in any HCOB. It could result in artificially created deficiencies or in things turning on which are not then properly run out. Also, where a pc being audited was at the same time experimenting on his own with Niacin dosages, it could present some puzzling aspects of the case to the Case Supervisor and could throw a curve into the C/Sing or programming. HCOB 21.5.80 - 13 - The Purification Rundown has been carefully researched and piloted. It is concerned with freeing up the individual for future spiritual improvement. As such it is a programmed action carried out daily under C/S supervision and with medical approval for the individual to be on the Rundown and medical advices given as required. There is no issue which advises or advocates a person experimenting with it on his own. 9. HAS ANYONE COMPLETED THE RUNDOWN TO FULL END PHENOMENA BEFORE REACHING 5000 MILLIGRAMS OF NIACIN? Per the original research and all reported survey data, there are a number of people who have completed the Rundown to full end phenomena on dosages under 5000 mgs of Niacin. Others have gone as high as that dosage before completing. Apparently in some areas there was, earlier on, some misinterpretation of the purification Rundown HCOBs to the effect that one would be required to work up to a point where a 5000 mg Niacin dosage produced no effect, in order to achieve the EP -- which is not the case. There is no statement in any HCOB to this effect. The End Phenomena is reached when the individual is free of the restimulative presence of residuals of past drugs and other toxic substances. He will no longer be feeling the effects of these impurities going into restimulation and there is a marked resurgence of overall spiritual well being. The fact of having a heavy drug history does not necessarily prolong the Rundown. It can do so but it is not true in all cases. More important than anything else is keeping all points of the Rundown in standardly, maintaining a well-balanced personal schedule with enough rest and nutrients, and getting as much exercise and sauna as possible on a routine daily basis. On such a schedule, persons of varying drug histories, some heavy, some light, have completed the Rundown in 18 to 20 days at five hours a day, reaching the EP at amounts of Niacin which differed with different individuals. Some have done so in less time. From reports based on direct observation, apparently what can happen in some cases (not all) is that the residuals of past drugs and other chemicals (sometimes every drug or medicine the person has taken) can restimulate and turn on heavily in the first week or ten days of the Rundown at lower dosages of, say, up to 1000 Niacin. It doesn't always happen in an orderly fashion and it can be severe but the person will handle these drug residuals, blow through any accompanying manifestations, and after that it can go totally flat with no effects showing up on the higher amounts of Niacin. Others will turn on these effects in a more graduated sequence, one following the other, and it can take longer. From the original research and piloting of the Rundown, and from the reports of those currently delivering it and the personal reports from those who have completed or are on it, one can expect any variety of manifestations to crop up, not all of them comfortable by any means. Where the person was on a sensible and well-kept schedule, with all other parts of the Rundown fully in, these manifestations would de-intensify and blow without undue discomfort or hang-up. As the toxic substances became active, he would experience their restimulative effects and come through these periods with nice wins. One would then see a gradual brightening of the person as he progressed. HCOB 21.5.80 - 14 - Reported also was the fact that sometimes, especially on the lower Niacin dosages, one could get a person coming through some drug experience with such a sense of relief and release and such a big win that he would report he had completed when he actually had more to do. Or a person would have an auditing-type cognition or a whole string of such cognitions and mistake that for the EP. These, of course, are excellent wins but not necessarily the End phenomena. Big wins can be expected during the course of the Rundown, but in cases where the person was discontinued on the strength of such a win before all the toxic residuals had been handled, the person would come up with more to be done and would have to be returned to the Rundown to complete it. One must be able to recognize the difference between a good win and the actual EP. In all those areas surveyed, where a person was progressing well on the program he could be observed to be becoming more uptone and aware. He would start reporting exactly what was going on, what drug was turning on, what impurities and restimulations he was running out. He could usually tell if he had hit a tolerance level on a certain vitamin. All of these are valid reactions throughout the run. As the person would release and blow through whatever was there to turn on, the manifestations became less day by day, and he would reach a point where no further manifestations were coming up. He would look and feel remarkably better, brighter and more alert; he would have come through good wins and he would often know and state that he felt free of impurities and their associated restimulative effects and originate on his own that he had done it. With all those indicators one could be pretty sure he had done it. The amount of vitamin and mineral nutrients, exercise and sweat out it has taken and will take to accomplish this on the Purification Rundown is an individual matter. There is no hard and fast rule laid down anywhere that says a person must work up to 5000 mgs Niacin before he is complete. 10. WHAT IS THE "WIND DOWN" THAT FOLLOWS PURIFICATION RUNDOWN COMPLETION? There is no such thing, unless one would give that term to the action of coming down off heavy vitamin and other nutrient dosages on a steep gradient, rather than abruptly, following Purification Rundown completion, as suggested in the original bulletin (HCOB 6 Feb 78RA, page 18). In one area it was found that this section of the bulletin was being misinterpreted to mean one gradiently did less of all the elements of the Purification Rundown -- i.e., less sauna, less exercise, less vitamins, etc., each day, and this was being called a "wind down". This is not stated in any of the HCOBs, and is not a valid action. The suggestion that is made is that one doesn't abruptly simply cease the extra nutrients he has been taking, but comes down from high dosages on a steep gradient to what would be a moderate daily normal requirement for him, per medical advices. And that along with this some moderate daily exercise will help him maintain good health. Continuing all the elements of the Purification Rundown would amount to continuing the Rundown itself past the point of valid completion, and further, would delay the person getting HCOB 21.5.80 - 15 - onto the auditing he is programmed for as his next step. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS ON END PHENOMENA AND NIACIN Certain additional questions have arisen regarding the End Phenomena of the Rundown in relation to Niacin which should be taken up here so that the data is broadly known. The first of these is: 11. CAN THE RUNDOWN BE CONSIDERED FLAT IF THE PERSON SEEMS TO HAVE REACHED THE EP AND IS GETTING NO MORE MANIFESTATIONS TURNING ON OR NO OTHER CHANGE OCCURRING BUT STILL GETS A SLIGHT RESULT FROM 5000 MGS NIACIN? The person could very well be complete, but there are several factors to be looked at regarding this point. The person could be hung up on some outness in the early stages of the Rundown, which would show up on a full review of his Purification Rundown history. One could do a full inspection of his folder, particularly in the area of minerals and vitamins, what effect they had, were these dosages standard and kept in the proper balance, was the Rundown administered standardly and done regularly. The person could be interviewed as well, and you might find some outness such as he doesn't like vegetables, he never eats vegetables, etc., etc. So parts of the Rundown could have been violated, and this could be showing up in the manifestation described above. It may be that he has some deficiency which has been bypassed and thus some sort of hang-up was created. There is the possibility that if the Rundown hasn't been done properly throughout, one could get such a hang-up. And with that there's a possibility of some deficiency alongside it which won't allow a complete discharge. A medical check would be done if the folder shows irregularities to determine if this is the case and, if so, to get it remedied. Getting any such deficiency remedied and getting all points of the Rundown in standardly would bring it to successful completion, in a case where such outnesses have existed. There is also the possibility that the person simply has more to do on the Rundown. And there is the possibility, and this may be by far the most common, that the person has reached the EP and is in overrun. If he has done the Rundown standardly and has reached the End Phenomena as described earlier in this bulletin and in HCOB 6 Feb 78RA, the chances are he is complete on the Rundown despite the fact he is still getting some slight result from 5000 mgs of Niacin. It is possible to overrun the Purification Rundown if one is not well aware of what is to be looked for in the End Phenomena. There have been cases of overrun where the person was continued for some weeks at 5000 mgs (5 grams) of Niacin with nothing more turning on than a slight effect. And there have been cases of overrun that occurred at less than 5000 mgs of Niacin. The possibility exists here that if the point of completion of the Rundown is reached and bypassed the person could begin to dramatize a Niacin flush. It would be like any other bypassed condition, such as a bypassed F/N. The condition tends to hang HCOB 21.5.80 - 16 - up because it is not acknowledged or signalized to have ended. This is simply an educated guess as to how this could occur, but it is also borne out by careful study of several cases on record where bypass of the EP and overrun did take place. After the person has been on the regimen for some time, has come through good changes and is handing you the indicators of the EP, carrying him on the Rundown for six or seven days with no further effects at any dosage is really an overrun. In some of these cases it appears that 5000 mgs Niacin isn't doing anything that 3500 mgs of Niacin didn't do. To repeat, the End Phenomena can and has been reached on 5000 mgs of Niacin and on dosages of lower than 5000 mgs. Once the drug and chemical residuals are handled they're handled. The person will feel the difference. Upping the dosage does not necessarily find more to be handled. And continuing the person past the EP can hang the whole thing up and produce a slight effect as a dramatization, either sporadically or each time the Niacin is taken. This can then become confusing to the person himself and to the C/S. If the overrun is continued you'll see the person begin to go downtone, even if only slightly. His indicators become a bit less bright, he may become disheartened. He may now be efforting to produce some result that isn't there to be had and begin to feel the action is interminable. Certainly the person will appear less enthusiastic about the whole procedure and may begin to protest it. The picture now looks as if the Rundown is unflat whereas what has happened is that he achieved the EP, reached a point where he felt great, was getting no further manifestation of any kind (if even for only a day) and the fact was not acknowledged but bypassed. Overrun phenomena then sets in. C/Ses report there have been a few cases who "rabbited" (wanted to run away from continuing the Rundown to its EP because it was uncomfortable, or out of other considerations) and insisted they were complete after a very few days at low Niacin dosage when little or nothing had yet turned on. But these cases were few and easily detected and handled by bringing them to a better understanding of the Rundown and its purpose and what it does. In two such cases where the persons were allowed to attest after too brief and skimpy a run, they both went into drug restimulation which should and would have been handled routinely on the Rundown. After full review of these cases, with medical participation, they were put back on the Rundown and completed it properly. Judging from reports, including the many personal reports received, by far the majority are eager beavers who can't wait to turn on something on the Rundown and blow through it. They report drugs, medicines, anesthetics, alcohol, restimulation of various biochemical reactions, somatics or other manifestations turning on and blowing, and they report them all enthusiastically and with great relief and look for more! Such cases will often know and tell you when they've honestly reached the EP. One C/S also reported he had had cases on his lines where the person from all indications was complete and stated he was complete but wanted to continue a bit longer "just to make sure". Allowed to go on, these cases promptly got into overrun Phenomena, went downtone and were getting no change. In each case, when all was checked out, it was found the EP had been reached at the point the person stated he was completed. So it appears that on the Purification Rundown just as in other Rundowns it doesn't do to continue past a valid EP. Should it happen it is handled simply by having the person spot when he did complete and acknowledging it. HCOB 21.5.80 - 17 - What also showed up in the survey data was the rare bird who would try to handle his whole case on the Rundown and who looked for some result above and beyond the EP of this Rundown. Such a case would need to be given a very thorough R-factor on the Rundown and be carefully C/Sed, with medical liaison as necessary, throughout. It was found important to make real the fact that all that is being looked for here is the person free of the restimulative effects of past drug and toxic residuals so that the person can then be audited with optimum gain and spiritual enlightenment. It is up to the Case Supervisor to know each case, to be familiar with the progress of each case, to keep the medical liaison lines in, and to know well the indicators to expect when the End Phenomena has been reached so that it can be acknowledged and validated. Another question that has come up with some frequency is: 12. WHAT COULD ACCOUNT FOR A PERSON WHO HAS GENUINELY COMPLETED THE RUNDOWN WITH NO NIACIN REACTION AT 5000 MGS (OR LESS) THEN GETTING A REACTION LATER AT LOWER NIACIN DOSAGES? Such a reaction, where the person has actually done the Rundown standardly to its End phenomena, does not mean the Rundown is unflat. To understand this reaction one needs a good understanding of the bank and how it works. The specifics of what has happened in these instances can be quite variable, but what you are looking at here in general is that there has been an environmental shift or change which produced another type of bank key-in. To begin with, we are living in a two-pole, a two-terminal universe. (Ref: HCOB 8 June 63R, Rev. 3.10.77, THE TIME TRACK AND ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS, Bulletin 2: HANDLING THE TIME TRACK). It takes a two-terminal situation to hang something up. On the Purification Rundown we are looking at two things: one, the actual drugs and toxic residuals in the body (and medical autopsies have shown that they are there), and two, the bank mock-up or facsimile of the drugs, drug residuals and their effects. These two conditions are hung up -- one of them playing against the other, in perfect balance. What the person is feeling is the two conditions, one of them the actual presence of the drug residuals, the other the bank mock-up of them. The thetan can actually, via his bank, mock up a perfect synthesis or a counterfeit of drugs. So you are getting two reactions here, one of them a total counterfeit but no less real to the person, nevertheless. The counterfeit is just bank restimulating and, oddly enough, the bank can approximate practically every drug there is under the sun. The bank can also approximate the effects of radiation and it will look just exactly like a physiologically caused effect. I don't think the bank can necessarily key in a physiological reaction where an actual physical basis for such has not existed somewhere on the person's track. It can deform or change positions or rates of metabolism. It can change endocrine conditions and therefore can change various bodily conditions. And it is true that a thetan can mock up a facsimile strongly enough so that it hurts. HCOB 21.5.80 - 18 - Probably the reason why the Purification Rundown works is that it handles the one side of it and thus fixes the person up so that the other side, the bank facsimile side of it, is no longer restimulative or in constant restimulation. It's as simple as that. What, amongst other things, is happening on the Purification Rundown is that you cause an upset of this perfect balance and suddenly this balance goes b-z-z-z-t! The balance isn't there anymore so you don't get the cross reaction anymore. But it takes auditing to totally erase the bank. In other words, while the balance has been upset, all of the bank facsimiles are not gone. They're not keying in and they're not being reinforced by the presence of drug residuals but they're not necessarily blown. A thetan can mock up anything. Thus, as the person is coming down off the Rundown on gradient Niacin and other vitamin dosages, he can hit an area where some factor in the environment can cause the facsimile to go into restimulation again. You can get a bank reaction which, so far as anyone could tell, would be absolutely identical to what the physiological reaction would be. It doesn't mean there are still accumulated residuals. It is that the bank or facsimile side of this two-terminal hang-up isn't necessarily flat. It was flat for that period of time. Now the person drops back, moves into another environment, another period of time, probably goes out in the sun and gets himself a nice sunburn or something of this sort, and his bank cross-reacts. That is the basic theory behind this type of manifestation. Upon completion of the Purification Rundown, the person is now in good shape to receive auditing and get optimum gain from it. Auditing is what handles the bank. When the Purification Rundown is completed and the person has fully flattened Objectives, the Drug Rundown is his next step, and it is on the Drug Rundown that one handles the mental and spiritual reactions from drugs. An OT would (after OT III) be given the OT Drug Rundown. Or, if the person is on NED for OTs, he would receive the NED for OTs Drug Rundown. Thus, we are not looking at an endless run on the Purification Rundown. We're seeking simply to handle the drug deposits and toxic residues in their restimulation and reinforcement of the bank, and vice versa. And by breaking up the balance of these two and handling the one side of it on the Purification Rundown we are freeing up the person to handle the other side of it, the bank facsimile side of it, in auditing -- and successfully. With these factors handled the individual is now ready for all the spiritual gain that can be achieved in his future processing. If these summarized findings are of interest and helpful to those in the many, many areas where the Purification Rundown is being delivered, I am pleased to be able to give you this data. HCOB 21.5.80 - 19 - L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by LRH Technical Compilations Unit LRH:RTCU:nsp Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED The Purification Rundown has as its sole purpose the handling of the restimulative effects of drugs and toxic residuals on a Spiritual Being. The Purification Rundown is a Spiritual activity based on and administered according to the doctrine and practices of the religion of Scientology as set forth in the writings of L. Ron Hubbard and adopted by the Church. No part of the Rundown is intended as the diagnosis, prescription for, or treatment of any bodily or physical condition or ill. The Church is not responsible for the handling of any bodily or physical condition or ill, it being the responsibility of the individual to seek the competent medical advice and treatment of his doctor in such matters. THE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by LRH Technical Compilations Unit THE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=20/5/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  CANCELLATION OF BTB 11 AUGUST 1974 REGISTRAR SALESMANSHIP DRILLS  Type = 12 iDate=11/8/74 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo All Orgs  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 20 MAY 1980 Remimeo All Orgs Also issued as an HCO PL of the same date and same title. CANCELLATION OF BTB 11 AUGUST 1974 REGISTRAR SALESMANSHIP DRILLS BTB 11 August 1974, REGISTRAR SALESMANSHIP DRILLS is hereby cancelled. The drills given as Registrar Salesmanship Drills omitted the basic LRH policies and tech that make a successful Registrar. These would include such basics as the Dissemination Drill, use of the Tone Scale and the communication formula. There are now new Registrar Drills which incorporate the LRH policies and tech of basic Registrar skills. These are issued in HCO PL 27 May 1980, REGISTRAR DRILLS. There is also a new series -- "Big League" Registration Series -- issued as HCO PLs so Registrars now have all the techniques they need to have tremendous success. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Kathy Stewart CS-4 for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:KS:bk Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Assisted by Kathy Stewart CS-4 for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY   Type = 11 iDate=18/5/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  START -- CHANGE -- STOP COMMANDS   Remimeo Tech Qual Survival RD NED Academy Levels SHSBC  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 18 MAY 1980 Remimeo Tech Qual Survival RD NED Academy Levels SHSBC START -- CHANGE -- STOP COMMANDS (Ref: HCOB 28 Jul 58 CLEAR PROCEDURE PAB 97 1 Oct 56 START-CHANGE-STOP CONTROL AND THE MECHANICS OF S.C.S. SCIENTOLOGY: CLEAR PROCEDURE -- ISSUE ONE) Start, Change and Stop is the anatomy of control. This is the cycle of action. There is no such thing as bad control, only nonpositive control. Good control is positive control and positive control is not bad control. Start-Change-Stop is the name of an Objective process. It has two stages, both of which are designed to gradiently raise the pc's ability to control. The process is often abbreviated as "SCS". SCS ON AN OBJECT The first stage of running Start-Change-Stop is "SCS ON AN OBJECT". Starting, changing and stopping an object is a lower level than moving the body. The following are the commands for SCS ON AN OBJECT. (This has been taken from parts of the LRH film script "SCS" which is scheduled for academy showing.) COMMANDS -- SCS ON AN OBJECT START: 1. "I am going to ask you to start the (object) and when I tell you to start, you start the (object) in that direction (Auditor indicates a direction with his hand). Do you understand that?" 2. "Start." 3. "Did you start the (object) ?" (Repeat commands 1,2,3,1,2, etc. until pc is easily doing the commands on that object.) CHANGE: 1. "This spot we are going to call 'A'." (Auditor indicates HCOB 18.5.80 - 2 - spot "A" with a piece of marked tape on the table or a marked piece of paper on the floor as appropriate.) 2. "This spot we are going to call 'B'." (Auditor indicates spot "B" with a piece of marked tape on the table or a marked piece of paper on the floor as appropriate.) 3. "This spot we are going to call 'C'." (Auditor indicates spot "C" with a piece of marked tape on the table or a marked piece of paper on the floor as appropriate.) 4. "This spot we are going to call 'D'." (Auditor indicates spot "D" with a piece of marked tape on the table or a marked piece of paper on the floor as appropriate.) 5. "When I ask you to change the (object), I want you to change the (object's) position from 'A' to 'B'. Do you understand that?" 6. "Change." 7. "Did you change the (object)?" 8. "When I ask you to change the (object), I want you to change the (object's) position from 'B' to 'C'. Do you understand that. 9. "Change." 10. "Did you change the (object)?" 11. "When I ask you to change the (object), I want you to change the (object's) position from 'C' to 'D'. Do you understand that?" 12. "Change." 13. "Did you change the (object)?" (Repeat commands 1-13, 1-13, etc. until pc is easily doing the commands on that object.) (Note: When the commands 1-13 are repeated, the locations of the designated spots do not have to be the same as the previous time as it makes the process too much like duplication, brings the preclear to predict the process too easily and he will do it machine-wise.) STOP: 1. "I am going to tell you to get the (object) moving in that direction (Auditor indicates direction with his hand). Somewhere along the line I will tell you to stop. Then you stop the (object). Do you understand?" 2. "Get the (object) moving." 3. "Stop!" 4. "Did you stop the (object)?" (Repeat commands 1,2,3,4,1,2,3, etc. until pc is easily doing the commands on that object.) The auditor would now run Start again on the same object and so on, until neither Start, Change nor Stop produces any change. HCOB 18.5.80 - 3 - The auditor starts SCS ON AN OBJECT by running commands on a small gradient object (such as a paper clip). When the first object is flat, the auditor runs SCS on an object that is larger (such as a brick, a beach ball, etc.) until this is flat and then goes to a larger object and so on until the pc has a realization about Starting, Changing and Stopping objects and can do so easily. (This can happen at any point while running SCS ON AN OBJECT.) SCS ON THE BODY The second stage of running Start-Change-Stop is "SCS ON THE BODY". The pc is at this point, processed towards the ability to be in control of his body. The following are the commands for SCS ON THE BODY. (This has been taken from parts of the LRH film script "SCS" which is scheduled for academy showing.) COMMANDS -- SCS ON THE BODY START: 1. "I am going to ask you to start the body. I am not going to ask you to stop." 2. "When I ask you to start the body, start the body. OK?" 8. "Start!" 4. "Did you start the body?" (Repeat commands 1,2,8,4,1,2,3,4, etc. until the pc is easily doing the commands.) CHANGE: 1. "This spot we are going to call 'A'." (Auditor indicates spot "A" with a piece of marked paper on the floor.) 2. "This spot we are going to call 'B'." (Auditor indicates spot "B" with a piece of marked paper on the floor.) 3. "This spot we are going to call 'C'." (Auditor indicates spot with a piece of marked paper on the floor.) 4. "This spot we are going to call 'D'." (Auditor indicates spot with a piece of marked paper on the floor.) 5. "When I ask you to change the body, I want you to change the body's position from 'A' to 'B'. Do you understand that?" 6. "Change." 7. "Did you change the body?" 8. "When I ask you to change the body, I want you to change the body's position from 'B' to 'C'. Do you understand that?" 9. "Change." 10. "Did you change the body?" HCOB 18.5.80 - 4 - 11. "When I ask you to change the body, I want you to change the body's position from 'C' to 'D'. Do you understand that?" 12. "Change." 13. "Did you change the body?" (Repeat commands 1-13, 1-13, etc. until pc is easily doing the commands.) STOP: 1. "I am going to tell you to get the body moving in that direction (Auditor indicates direction with his hand). Somewhere along the line I will tell you to stop. Then you will stop the body. Do you understand?" 2. "Get the body moving." 3. "Stop!" 4. "Did you stop the body?" (Repeat commands 1,2,3,4,1,2,8,4, etc. until pc is easily doing the commands.) STOP SUPREME: 1. "I'm going to ask you to get the body moving. And at some point I am going to tell you to stop. And when I do, I want you to stop the body as fast as you can and hold it as still as you can. OK?" 2. "Get the body moving." 3. "Stop!" 4. "Did you do it?" (Repeat commands 1,2,3,4,1,2,3, etc. until pc is easily doing the commands.) The auditor would now run Start again on the body and so on, until neither Start, Change, Stop nor Stop Supreme produces change. The pc will be able to do the steps of SCS easily and will have a realization about Starting, Changing and Stopping the body. (This can happen at any point while running SCS ON THE BODY.) Whenever the pc is standing to execute a command, the auditor is standing next to the pc. He also ensures that he is touching the pc (hand lightly on pc's arm or elbow etc.) when he gives the pc the R-factor such as in steps 5, 8 and 11 above. The auditor of course always acknowledges the pc for every execution of an auditing command. The only way to err on running SCS is to run it with imprecision and bad ARC. It is perfectly easy to be precise with high ARC. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER LRH:MM:bk Copyright $c 1980 As assisted by by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED TECHNICAL PROJECT I/C  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER As assisted by TECHNICAL PROJECT I/C   Type = 11 iDate=17/5/80 Volnum=0 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  ADMINISTRATIVE TRAINING DRILLS ADMIN TRs  Type = 12 iDate=7/2/71 Issue=0 Rev=0 rDate=0/0/0 Addition=0 aDate=0/0/0 aRev=0 arDate=0/0/0  Remimeo Survival RD SO Orgs Scn Orgs Staff Training Colleges Tech Qual SSOs FEBC Course  HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 17 MAY 1980 Remimeo Survival RD Cancels BTB 7 Feb 71 SO Orgs Reissued 16 Jul 74 same title Scn Orgs Staff Training Colleges Tech Qual SSOs FEBC Course ADMINISTRATIVE TRAINING DRILLS ADMIN TRs These training drills were originally developed as a training aid for administrators for the purpose of training them to get compliances and complete cycles of action concerning administrative actions and orders. The Admin TRs (training routines) are designed towards increasing one's causativeness over the everyday confusions, randomities, justifications, excuses, traps and insanities of the physical universe (Matter, Energy, Space and Time) and people (groups). They enable one to comfortably confront such things when encountered. Needless to say, such abilities, if attained, would greatly increase any individual's survival in this world and since these Admin TRs do produce these abilities they are of extreme value. These drills start off very gradiently and work up to a high pitch of confront and handling by the individual. They are done with a twin and they must be coached with full understanding of the need to give the individual doing them wins. He must not be driven out the bottom or into overwhelm due to forcing him to confront too much too quickly. Each drill is run to a win where the individual is doing the drill comfortably and without effort and is happy about his ability to do it. Even if an individual feels he will experience little change on some of the beginning drills, he will upon doing them, become aware of an increase in awareness or just a good feeling about doing them. On the later drills the individual (when coached on a gradient of getting tougher and tougher) will find that he can confront and handle any such activities or randomities he may encounter. These drills must be coached with positive, knowing, predictable control towards the individual's willingness to be at cause concerning the things and activities being addressed. Do these drills well and you will witness a tenfold increase in SURVIVAL POTENTIAL for individuals as well as administrators! HCOB 17.5.80 - 2 - TR MEST 0 NAME: Confronting MEST. COMMANDS: "Confront that _______ ." (names object.) POSITION: Student and Coach sitting or standing a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To accustom Student to confront MEST and to hold a position in relation to it. To be there and not do anything else but be there. TRAINING STRESS: To teach Student to confront exactly what is indicated without vias and without additive gestures or emotional reactions. The Coach chooses a small object connected to the Student's post. Coach points to the object and gives Command, "Confront that _______ (names object)". Student does so. Coach makes no comments. As soon as Student is comfortable confronting the object with no reaction, the Coach acknowledges, chooses a new object and repeats the cycle. The Drill continues using gradiently larger objects for gradiently longer periods of time. Flunks are given for breaks of confront, additive actions and reactions. pass when the Student can confront any object comfortably without reaction and has Good Indicators on the Drill. NOTE: Do NOT flunk the Student if sudden GIs come in and he feels good about the Drill. This is a desired change. TR MEST 1 NAME: MEST Intention. COMMANDS: "Move that _______ (object)". POSITION: Student and Coach sitting or standing a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To train Student to deliver an order and intention concerning the control and handling of MEST. TRAINING STRESS: To teach the Student that his own intention has something to do with the handling of MEST in his environment. The Student must deliver the command clearly and with sufficient intention to carry through and accomplish the moving of the MEST object by the Coach. The Coach does NOT Bull-Bait but only carries out the order if it is received clearly and with good intention. A selection of objects from the student's post is used. The Student acks the Coach for carrying out the command. Flunks are given for failure to get the object moved, failure to confront the action or failure to confront the MEST involved. The Drill is passed when the Student can do the Drill easily and comfortably with no back-off from the action of getting the MEST moved by another. TR MEST 2 NAME: Acknowledging MEST Cycles. COMMANDS: None. Coach originates handling of MEST. POSITION: Student and Coach standing or sitting a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To train Student to recognize, accept and thoroughly HCOB 17.5.80 - 3 - acknowledge the completion of an action in the MEST universe. TRAINING STRESS: To teach the Student that his acknowledgement can end a cycle of action and that his intention to end it is senior to effort. The Coach originates a cycle of action such as giving the Student a small object, moving an object to another location or picking up an object to look at. Student acknowledges the action when it is complete. Student may do anything at first to get his acknowledgement across but gradiently is smoothed out until he can end cycle effortlessly. Coach flunks for failure to recognize when an action is complete, failure to freely accept the action and failure to end the cycle with good intention. Pass when the Student can do the Drill easily and comfortably. TR MEST 3 NAME: MEST Duplicative Command. COMMANDS: "Pick up that _______ (named object)". "Hand it to me please." "Put it down there." (Student indicates place.) POSITION: Student and Coach standing or sitting a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To train the Student to not give up but to continue his intention to complete a cycle of action in the physical universe. To do each cycle in a new unit time and not as a blur with other cycles. TRAINING STRESS: To teach the Student not to be thrown off and not to Q & A if he doesn't get immediate compliance to his command, and to keep on until he does get the cycle of action completed in the physical universe. The Coach may stop complying with the cycle of action at any point and hold the cycle frozen at that point. The Student must repeat the last given command until he gets the cycle of action started again and follow it through to completion. No verbal Bull-Baiting or physical originations by Coach. Flunks are given for poor intentions, failure to repeat the exact command, failure to confront the MEST or confront and get the cycle of action completed in the physical universe. Pass when the Student can do the drill comfortably and easily. TR MEST 4 NAME: MEST Cycle Alter-Is. COMMANDS: Same as MEST 3. POSITION: Student and Coach standing or sitting a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To train the Student to get his intended cycle of action carried out in the physical universe in spite of counter-intention and alter-is and to distinguish between a genuine attempt to comply and a deliberate non-compliance or alter-is. TRAINING STRESS: To teach Student not to be startled or thrown off and not to give up or Q & A with non-compliance, inaccurate or incompetent attempts to complete cycles of action in the physical universe. The Drill is the same as TR MEST 3 with the addition that the Coach may deliberately perform the wrong action at any time or may attempt to pass the object to the Student when he has not asked for it. The Student repeats the order HCOB 17.5.80 - 4 - whenever the Coach freezes the cycle of action or deliberately does a wrong command. The Student acknowledges the Coach and repeats the order when the Coach does the command almost correctly or attempts to hand the object to the Student when it is not so ordered. Flunks are given as in MEST TR 3 and also for acknowledging a deliberate non-compliance or alter-is and for failing to acknowledge a genuine attempt at compliance and eventual completion. If the Student accepts the object on the Coach's origination it is also a flunk. Pass when the Student can do the Drill comfortably and easily with no confusion or non-confront. TR PEOPLE 0 NAME: Confronting People. COMMANDS: "Confront that person. or "Confront those people." POSITION: Coach and Student ambulatory. PURPOSE: To accustom Student to confronting people and to hold a position in relation to them. To be there and not do anything but be there. TRAINING STRESS: To teach Student to confront people singly and in groups without vias or additive gestures and without reacting or being afraid or embarrassed. The Coach and Student walk round to where various people or groups of people are located at work etc. The Coach indicates a person or group of people to the Student and gives him the appropriate command. The Student complies. The Coach has the Student confront larger and larger groups of people on a gradient. Flunks are given for breaking confront or for being disturbed when people stop what they are doing and become interested in the Student. Pass when the Student can confront people easily and feels good doing the Drill. TR PEOPLE 1 NAME: People Intention. COMMANDS: "Hello." POSITION: Student and Coach both standing and sitting or one standing and the other sitting, at varying distances apart. Coach doing some action such as reading, writing, sorting papers, tying shoelace, etc. PURPOSE: To teach the Student that he can get an order and intention across to another person under varying conditions and when they have their attention elsewhere, so that it is received. TRAINING STRESS: To teach the Student that he can get through to others no matter where their attention may be and that his intention to reach them is the senior factor. The Coach takes up a position and occupies himself with another action. The Student approaches and says, "Hello". The hello must be delivered so that it reaches the Coach and gets his full attention. The distance between the Student and Coach is increased on a gradient up to 20 feet away. Stress is on correct intention not on volume or force. The Coach acks when the Student reaches him. HCOB 17.5.80 - 5 - Flunks are given for failure to confront or for failing to reach with good intention. Pass when the Student can do the Drill easily without effort and can get the Coach's attention from 20 feet away. TR PEOPLE 2 NAME: People Acknowledgements. COMMANDS: None. Coach originates. POSITION: Various. Student and Coach standing and sitting. The Student may occupy himself with another simple action and Coach approaches Student to give origination. PURPOSE: To train a Student to use an acknowledgement as a method of correctly ending a cycle of action for other people. TRAINING STRESS: The Student is trained to acknowledge a report or message given so that the person knows it was heard and understood. The Coach approaches or gives from a distance a sensible report or message concerning the completion of some simple post cycle. The Student acknowledges Coach so that Coach knows he has been heard and that the cycle is ended. The Coach may then employ one or two other people to give reports to the Student in succession. Flunks are given for Student non-confront or for failure to end the cycle with his acknowledgement. Pass when the Student can comfortably be receipt of a report on a complete cycle of action and can end cycle on the action without under or over acknowledgement. TR PEOPLE 3 NAME: Group Command. COMMANDS: "Hello." POSITION: Student and Coach ambulatory. PURPOSE: To teach the Student to get an order and intention across to a group of people when their attention is elsewhere, to get an answer and to acknowledge it. TRAINING STRESS: To teach a Student that a group of people can be approached without upsetting them, and that an order can be given, and compliance acknowledged. Coach indicates a group of people chatting or some such activity (not engaged in important cycles of action) and directs Student, "Say 'Hello' to that group." Student does so without upsetting the group. He repeats the "Hello" if necessary to get a reply from the majority of the group. Student then acknowledges the group. Flunks are given for failure to confront, failure to get the attention of the group, failure to get an answer from the group (majority) and failure to acknowledge the answer. (If necessary, other students can be used and can pose as a group occupied with other actions.) Pass when Student can do the Drill comfortably and successfully without back-off or strain and without upsetting a group. TR PEOPLE 4 NAME: Selected Group Command. COMMAND: "Hello." HCOB 17.5.80 - 6 - POSITION: Coach and Student ambulatory, plus selected group of three or more persons standing or sitting. PURPOSE: To train Student to get an order and intention across to a group of people, to get an answer and to acknowledge despite counter-intention from the group. TRAINING STRESS: The same as for TR PEOPLE 3 except that a selected group of people are used who are instructed only to look up and answer the Student when his intention really reaches them. (No Bull-Baiting is allowed.) Student repeats the order until he gets compliance and then acknowledges the group. Flunks are given for back-off, poor intention, failure to get the order complied with and failure to correctly acknowledge the execution of the order. (The reply to the "Hello".) Pass when the Student is really getting his intention through easily and he is getting compliance and acknowledging. TR MEST BULL-BAIT TR MEST BB 0 NAME: Confronting MEST with distractions. COMMANDS: "Confront that _______ (named object)." POSITION: Student and Coach standing or sitting at a desk with a stack of papers or objects on the desk. PURPOSE: To accustom Student to confronting MEST and to hold a position in relation to it. To be there and not do anything but be there despite attempts to distract him and prevent him from confronting. TRAINING STRESS: Same as TR MEST 0 with the addition that the Coach Bull-Baits and verbally attempts to distract the Student from confronting the paper or objects. When the Student can do this comfortably without breaking his confront of the MEST, the Coach may start moving and changing the MEST, adding other objects and taking them away and shifting them. (Do not get too wild.) Verbal Bull-Baiting is kept in also. Flunks are given for failure to confront the MEST or the Bull-Baiting. Pass when the Student can do the Drill comfortably without flunking. TR MEST BB 1: NAME: MEST Intention with Distraction. COMMANDS: "Hand me that book." POSITION: Student and Coach seated a comfortable distance apart. Coach has a book on his knees. PURPOSE: To train the Student to deliver an order and intention concerning the control and handling of MEST and get compliance despite distractions and attempts to prevent him doing so. TRAINING STRESS: Student is trained to get his intention concerning the control and handling of MEST across to the Coach and get compliance in spite of Bull-Baiting and resistance by the Coach. HCOB 17.5.80 - 7 - The Coach only gives the Student the book when the intention gets across to him strongly enough that he wants to comply. Flunks are given for breaks of confront, giving up and poor intention. Pass when Student can do the Drill comfortably, getting his intention across without being affected by the Bull-Baiting and getting compliance to the command. TR MEST BB 2 NAME: MEST Cycle Acknowledgement with Distractions. COMMANDS: None. Coach originates handling of MEST. POSITION: Student and Coach standing or sitting a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To train Student to recognize, accept and thoroughly acknowledge the completion of an action in the physical universe despite distractions and attempts to prevent him doing so. TRAINING STRESS: To teach the Student to recognize and acknowledge the completion of a cycle of action in the physical universe in spite of distraction and "noise" and attempts to prevent recognition of the fact that the cycle has occurred. And that his acknowledgement can end a cycle of action in spite of noise, and that his intention to do so is senior to effort. The Coach originates a cycle of action such as moving an object from one location to another. Before, during, and after doing so he attempts to distract the Student by Bull-Baiting and chatter so as to prevent the Student realizing that the cycle has occurred or to prevent him from acknowledging it. Student learns to observe the cycle in the MEST universe rather than listen to the Coach. Coach flunks for Student failure to recognize and acknowledge when the cycle is completed, failure to accept the cycle freely and failure to end the cycle with good intention. Also for becoming the effect of Bull-Baiting. Pass when the Student can do the drill easily without flunks. TR MEST BB 3 NAME: MEST Duplication Command with Distractions. COMMANDS: Any orders composed of 2 or 3 separate simple actions such as "Pick up that pen and put it on the chair then place it beside the paper in the middle of the desk." POSITION: Student and Coach standing or sitting a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To train the Student to not give up but to continue his intention to complete a cycle of action in the physical universe despite attempts to distract him and prevent him from doing so. To do each cycle in a new unit of time and not as a blur with other cycles. TRAINING STRESS: To teach the Student not to be thrown off and not to Q & A if he doesn't get immediate compliance with his order. To continue to repeat the order with full intention until he gets the cycle completed in the physical universe. The Coach tries to throw the Student off with Bull-Baiting or by not completing the cycle of action. Flunks are given for earlier TR failures, for poor intention and for failing to get compliance. Pass when the Student can comfortably do the Drill. HCOB 17.5.80 - 8 - TR MEST BB 4 NAME: MEST Cycle Alter-Is and Distraction. COMMANDS: Same as in MEST BB 3. POSITION: Student or Coach standing or sitting a comfortable distance apart. PURPOSE: To train the Student to get his intended cycle of action carried out in the physical universe despite counter-intentions, alter-is and other distractions and excuses. TRAINING STRESS: Same as in MEST BB 3 with the addition that student must acknowledge originations concerning the cycle being performed by the Coach when necessary to get the order complied with accurately. The Coach may muddle up the sequence of the actions and also do verbal Bull-Baiting, reasons why the cycle is impossible, etc. Flunks are given for failure in earlier TRs of this series and particularly for poor intention or failure to get the cycle completed. Pass when Student can successfully do the Drill comfortably, using intention but not effort. TR PEOPLE BB 0 NAME: Confronting people with Distractions. COMMANDS: "Confront that Person." POSITION: Coach and 3rd person standing or sitting a comfortable distance apart. Student a comfortable distance to the side of them. PURPOSE: To train the Student to get one person to confront another at his order and not be thrown off or Q & A with reactions, excuses and reasons why this should not be done. TRAINING STRESS: To train the Student to use his confront and intention through the "via" of another person where the one person may not be willing to confront and the other not willing to be confronted. The Student gives the order to the Coach who complies or gives reasons or excuses why he should not. The other person may give the Coach reasons why he should not be confronted but may not speak to the Student. The Student must succeed in getting the Coach to confront the 3rd person despite that person's objections. The Coach complies when the Student's confront and intention makes him want to do so. The Coach flunks Student for failure to get the Coach to confront the third person. Pass when the Student can do Drill without flunks. TR PEOPLE BB 1 NAME: People Intention with Distractions. COMMANDS: "Give that book to _______ (person's name)." POSITION: Coach standing or sitting close to the Student, observing him. The Student and a 2nd person are standing or sitting a comfortable distance apart with a 3rd person a little HCOB 17.5.80 - 9 - way off. Student has a book. PURPOSE: To train the Student to get his intention across on the via of another person and to get the Command through despite distractions. TRAINING STRESS: To teach Student that he can get his intention to carry through to a 3rd person or persons via a relay terminal. Student gives 2nd person the order, ""Give that book to _______ ." The 2nd person may give excuses and reasons not to do it and the 3rd person can do the same. The 2nd person may return to the Student with the book and "explain" how the 3rd person won't accept or let him carry out the command. Stress is on getting the Student to improve his intention and get compliance to his orders. Flunks are given by the Coach for failure to get the 2nd person to comply, for Q & A, for giving up and for an earlier TR outness. Pass is given by the Coach when the Student can easily get the command complied with by the 2nd person. TR PEOPLE BB 2 NAME: Return Compliance and Acknowledgement. COMMANDS: "Tell _______ (3rd person's name) to bring me that book." POSITION: Coach standing or sitting close to the Student, observing him. The Student and a 2nd person are standing or sitting a comfortable distance apart with a 3rd person a little way off. PURPOSE: To train Student to get a command carried out in the physical universe via another person. TRAINING STRESS: To teach Student that he can get physical actions complied with via another person, regardless of the excuses or reasons why of both persons. The Student hands the 2nd person the book and gives the order, "Tell _______ to bring me that book." Command with intention is repeated until the 3rd person complies at which time the Student acknowledges him fully. The 2nd person may Q & A with the 3rd person's unwillingness and attempts to alter-is and non-comply. Flunks are given by the Coach for any failure of earlier TRs and for failing to have enough intention to get the 2nd person to get the 3rd person to comply and for failure to acknowledge the completed cycle of action. Pass is given by the Coach when the Student can get a command carried out in the physical universe via another person. TR PEOPLE BB 3 NAME: Command Relay. COMMANDS: "Tell _______ to give that book to _______ "(3rd and 4th persons named). POSITION: Coach standing or sitting close to the Student, observing him. Student and 2nd person standing or sitting a HCOB 17.5.80 - 10 - comfortable distance apart and a 3rd person standing a few steps further off holding a book and a 4th person a few steps further off still. PURPOSE: To train Student to get a command complied with on a relay. TRAINING STRESS: To teach Student that his intention can be stepped up to a point where it will carry through terminals on a relay. The Student gives the command to the 2nd person who orders the 3rd person to give the book to the 4th person. The 2nd person may Q & A with the command, with the 3rd person's unwillingness to do it and with the 4th person's inattention or unwillingness to receive the book. Flunks are given by the Coach for any break up of the Student's TRs or failure to persist and get full compliance. Pass is given by the Coach when the Student can get all persons on a relay to carry out the command. TR PEOPLE BB 4 NAME: Group Compliance. COMMAND: "Give that paper to those people and tell them to put it on their table." POSITION: Student standing. Coach standing close to the Student, observing him. A 2nd and 3rd or more other people are seated in two groups at two tables a few paces apart. PURPOSE: To train the Student to get compliance with his orders and intentions between groups of people and to teach him that intention is senior to effort. TRAINING STRESS: To teach the Student that his persistent intention can overcome the counter-intentions of groups of people and that he can get them to comply with his orders despite group think, counter effort and other distractions. The Student gives the people at one table the command and has them comply and gets the cycle completed. He may order only one group. These may give excuses and argue between themselves and give reasons why it can't be done -- so may the second group when the paper is taken to them. The Student repeats the order with full intention to the first group or a person from the first group until it is fully complied with. Flunks are given by the Coach for Student failure to persist, for breaking-up or any other TR outness. Pass is given by the Coach when Student has succeeded in getting full compliance with ease and knows he can handle groups intention. TR R/W MEST NAME: Reach and Withdraw MEST. COMMANDS: "Reach that _______ ." (named object) "Withdraw from that _______ ." (named object) Coach acknowledging Student for execution of command. HCOB 17.5.80 - 11 - POSITION: Student and Coach ambulatory. PURPOSE: To put the Student at cause over the MEST of his post and area. TRAINING STRESS: The Coach indicates different objects on a gradiently larger scale and sees that the Student executes the commands. The Coach asks from time to time, "How are you doing?" The Coach handles any physical manifestations of the Student by asking "What is happening?" The TR is run to a win for the Student. TR R/W PEOPLE NAME: Reach and Withdraw from People. COMMANDS: "Touch that _______ ." (named object) POSITION: Student and Coach and third person ambulatory. PURPOSE: To familiarize the person with handling people. TRAINING STRESS: Student must get the third person to comply with his command in spite of the Coach's physical attempts to block the person from doing so. The Student may in turn block the Coach so he can't interfere or may move him out of the way so that the third person can comply with the command. Stress should be on intention not on force. The Drill is run until the Student can quite comfortably take whatever action is necessary to get his command complied with and feels easy about the necessary Reach and Withdraw from the Coach and third person in order to do so. The Coach and third person in order to do so. The Coach may use verbal Bull-Baiting also. The TR is run to a win and Cog for the Student. L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Developed and Piloted aboard Flag with the assistance of Training & Services Aide Revision assisted by Tech Project I/C for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY BDCS:LRH:MM:TSA:djm Copyright $c 1980 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED  L. RON HUBBARD FOUNDER Developed and Piloted aboard Flag with the assistance of Training & Services Aide Revision assisted by Tech Project I/C for the BOARDS OF DIRECTORS of the CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY